TENDER DOCUMENT
TENDER No.: BHI/PI(S)/675/1027
FOR
Tender for Fabrication and Supply of “Chutes and
Associated Works of CSP Area” for the project of
“Augmentation of Fuel & Flux Crushing and Screening
Facilities (Package No. – 064) for Bhilai Steel Plant,
Bhilai at Chhattisgarh”.
VOLUME – III
Tender Specifications
ENGINEERING PROJECTS (INDIA) LIMITED
(A GOVT. OF INDIA ENTERPRISE)
B-252, Street No. – 5,
Smriti Nagar, Bhilai (Chhattisgarh) – 490020
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
GENERAL
The following Technical Specification shall be read in conjunction with General Technical
Specification (GTS) of Bhilai Steel Plant, SAIL. If there are any provisions in this Technical
Specification, which are at variance with the provisions of General Technical Specification
(GTS) of Bhilai Steel Plant, SAIL and General Specification, the provisions in this Technical
Specification/approved drawings shall take precedence.
SCOPE OF SUPPLY
The scope of the supply includes fabrication, painting (Two coats of Primer as per GS-09
of Vol-III), inspection at manufacturer’s works, packing, dispatch, transportation, delivery
to site of “Chutes and Associated Works of CSP Area” for Conveyor Nos. K11-6, K116A, K11-6B, K11-9, K11-10, K11-10E, K11-11&12, K11-13&14, K11-15, K11-15A, K1116, K11-16A, K11-17, K11-18, K11-19&20, K11-21&22, KA-1, KA-2, KA-3, KA-4, KA-5,
C3A-C2 as per specifications and scope defined in tender documents complete with all
accessories.
In addition to this, General Technical Specification of MECON may be referred for
additional details.
Bought out items shall be as per approved makes of MECON/BSP for Package 064.
EPI – Bhilai
Volume-2
Page 1 of 1
APPENDIX – 6
LIST OF APPROVED SUB-CONTRACTORS / VENDORS
1.0
I.
The following Sub-Contractors / Vendors are approved for carrying out the item of
the Facilities indicated against each of them. Where more than one SubContractor / Vendor is listed, the Contractor is free to choose between them, but
it must notify the Employer of its choice well in advance time prior to appointing
any selected Sub-Contractor / Vendor. In accordance with the Sub-Clause 19.1 of
GCC, the Contractor is free to submit proposals for Sub-Contractors / Vendor for
additional items from time to time. No Sub-Contractors / Vendors shall be placed
with any such Sub-Contractors / Vendors for additional items until the SubContractors / Vendors have been approved in writing by the Employer and their
name have been added to this list of approved Sub-Contractors / Vendors.
HYDRAULIC EQUIPMENS AND SPARES
SN
SPARE / EQUIPMENT
NAME OF THE PREFERRED/
REPUTED MANUFACTURES
1
1.1
COMPLETE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
COMPLETE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM WITH
SERVO CONTROL
1.2
COMPLETE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM WITH
PROPORTIONAL AND CONVENTIONAL
CONTROLS
2
2.1
HYDRAULIC PUMPS
AXIAL PISTON PUMPS
2.2
VANE PUMPS
2.3
REDIAL PISTON PUMPS
2.4
GEAR PUMPS
3
HYDRAULIC MOTOR
4
SERVO VALVES
5
PROPORTIONAL VALVES
BOSCH REXROTH,
EATON VICKERS,
MOOG
BOSCH REXROTH,
EATON VICKERS,
YUKEN,
PARKER
BOSCH REXROTH,
EATON VICKERS,
PARKER
BOSCH REXROTH,
EATON VICKERS,
YUKEN,
PARKER
BOSCH REXROTH,
EATON VICKERS,
YUKEN,
PARKER,
L & T,
HAWE
BOSCH REXROTH,
EATON VICKERS,
YUKEN,
PARKER
BOSCH REXROTH,
EATON VICKERS,
PARKER,
L & T,
HAGLUNDS,
DANFOSS
MOOG,
BOSCH REXROTH
MOOG,
BOSCH REXROTH
EATON VICKERS
Appendix-6 List of approved vendors.
Page 1 of 32
YUKEN,
PARKER
6
6.1
HYDRAULIC CONTROL VALVES
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVES
6.2
PRESSURE CONTROL VALVES
6.3
FLOW CONTROL VALVES
7
7.1
HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS
CRITICAL APPLICATION AS PER DRAWING
CYLINDERS
AS PER
CATALOGUE
7.2
GENERAL
APPLICATION
CYLINDERS
AS PER DRAWING
AS PER
CATALOGUE
8
8.1
HYDRAULIC FILTERS
FILTER FOR SYSTEMS HAVING SERVO AND
PROPORTIONAL CONTROL VALVES
8.2
FILTER FOR SYSTEMS HAVING
CONVENTIONAL CONTROL VALVES
9
9.1
SEALS
SEALS FOR CRITICAL HYDRAULIC
CYLINDERS **
9.2
SEALS FOR GENERAL
PURPOSE HYDRAULIC
CYLINDERS
IMPORTED
INDIGENOUS
BOSCH REXROTH,
EATON VICKERS,
YUKEN,
PARKER
BOSCH REXROTH,
EATON VICKERS,
YUKEN,
PARKER
BOSCH REXROTH,
EATON VICKERS,
YUKEN,
PARKER
WIPRO,
OSCAR,
USHA – TELEHOIST
VEIJAN
BOSCH REXROTH,
EATON VICKERS,
PARKER
WIPRO,
OSCAR,
VEIJAN,
IPH,
SALZGITTER,
USHA - TELEHOIST
BOSCH REXROTH,
EATON VICKERS,
PARKER
HYDAC,
PALL,
STAUFF
HYDAC,
PALL,
STAUFF,
EPE,
PARKER
HUNGER,
PARKER,
BUSAK – SHAMBAN,
MERKEL
HUNGER,
PARKER,
BUSAK – SHAMBAN,
MERKEL
SPAREAGE,
OMCO,
VAKO,
SOFTEX,
REECO
Appendix-6 List of approved vendors.
Page 2 of 32
MACHINED SEALS
SEALJET,
ANKSEALS
BALL VALVES
10
STAUFF,
PARKER,
HYDAC
ACCUMULATORS
11
HYDAC,
EPE,
FAWCET – CHRISTIE
HYDRAULIC PIPE CLAMPS
12
HYD- AIR,
STAUFF,
PARKER,
HYDAC
BARE HOSES
13
SEA 100
DUNLOP – HIFLEX,
R1/R2/R9/R10/R11/ AEROQUIP,
R13, EN 853 1 ST
MANULI,
/ISN/2ST/2SN, EN
GATES
856 4SP/4SH
SAE 100 R1/R2,
PARKER – MARKWEL,
EN 853 1 ST
PIX,
/ISN/2ST/2SN
SUPERSEAL
PIPE FITTINGS
14
HYD – AIR,
PARKER,
HYLOC – HYDROTECHNIC,
STAUFF
QUICK RELEASE COUPLINGS
15
AEROQUIP,
PARKER,
STAUFF,
STERLING,
HOLMBURY
PRESSURE GAUGES
16
WIKA,
PARKER – UCC
MINIMESS HOSE & COUPLINGS
17
PARKER,
STAUFF,
HYDROTECHNIC
** CRITICAL MEANS THE ITEMS WHOSE FAILURE MAY CAUSE MORE
THAN TWO HOURS PRODUCTION LOSS
II PNEUMATIC EQUIPMENTS AND SPARES
1
AIR BOOSTER PUMPS/ INTENSIFIERS
2
a) CONTROL VALVES
b) DIRECTIONAL CONTROL VALVES
c) PRESSURE CONTROL VALVES
d) FLOW CONTROL VALVES
e) LOGIC CONTROL VALVES
3
MAXIMATOR,
HASKEL
PARKER,
ROSS,
NUCON,
SPIRAX,
MARTONAIR,
SCHRADER BELLOW,
CROUZET
TELEMECANIQUE,
FESTO
AIRMATIC,
PARKER,
VEIJAN HYDRAIR,
SCHREDER BELLOWS,
NUCON,
a) AIR PREPARATION UNITS
b) FILTERS
c) REGULATORS
d) LUBRICATORS
e) COMBINATION UNITS
Appendix-6 List of approved vendors.
Page 3 of 32
4
5
f) DIFFUSERS
g) SILENCERS
h) MUFFLERS
i) BREATHERS
AIR DRIERS
PIPES & FITINGS
VARIOUS TYPES OF PIPE
FITTINGS, PVC, PU AND NYLONE TUBINGS
FESTO,
HYDROLINE
EMSKAKY
MECMAN,
LEGRIS,
PARKER
TOOLS & TACKLES
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
HACKSAW BLADE
FILES
SLEDGE HAMMER
BALL PIN HAMMER
ALLEN KEYS
PILER
REAMER
SCREW DRIVER
ADJUSTABLE SPANNERS
D.E. SPANNER
S.E. SPANNER
RING SPANNER
BOX SPANNER SET
14
THREADING TAPS
15
16
17
18
PIPE WRENCHES
PNEUMATIC CHISELS
DRILL CHUCK
END MILL CUTTER
19
DRILLS
20
SLOT DRILLS
21
22
23
24
25
26
DRILL SLEEVES
VERNIER CALIPER
MEASURING STEEL TAPE
BENCH VICE
PUNCHES
STEEL SCALE STAINLESS
STEEL
BAND SAW BLADE (FOR
METAL)
BAND SAW BLADE (FOR
WOOD)
CARBIDE TIPS
27
28
29
30
PHILLIP HEAD SCREW
DRIVER
PLIERS FOR CIRCLIPS
(INTERNAL & EXTERNAL)
MIRANDA, BIPICO, L & T
JK, HINDUSTAN
KUMAR, TAPARIA, EVEREST, TATA, AGRICO
KUMAR, TAPARIA, EVEREST, TATA, AGRICO
UNBRAKO, JHALANI, EVEREST, TVS, GKW
TAPARIA , JHALANI, EVEREST
ZENITH- ITM, ADDISON, JESON, SRP
TAPARIA, JHALANI, EVEREST, MEKASTER
TAPARIA, JHALANI, EVEREST, MEKASTER
TAPARIA, JHALANI, EVEREST, MEKASTER
TAPARIA, JHALANI, EVEREST, MEKASTER
TAPARIA, JHALANI, EVEREST, MEKASTER
JHALANI, EVEREST, MEKASTER, SNAP-ON,
POWER MASTER, TRISTER
ADDISON, ITI, JESON, SRP, TOTEM, JK,
MIRANDA
JHALANI, TAPARIA, EVEREST, MEKASTER
APT, TAPARIA, CP, BOYD SMITH
JUG, PITTIE
ADDISON, ITI, JESON, SRP, TOTEM, ITM
(ZENITH)
ADDISON, JESON, ITI, SRP, JK FILES &
TOOLS
ADDISON, JESON, ITI, SRP, JK FILES &
TOOLS, ITM (ZENITH)
PITTIE, BHARAT, JK, TRUMAX
MITUTOYO, FORBES
FREEMAN, TRUFLEX
APEX, CITCO
BRADMA, R & R
KRISTEEL SHINWA
MIRANDA, BIPICO
ESI, ANIL
SANDVIK, ZENITH, KENNANETAL, SICO,
RAPICUT CERATIZIT
TAPARIA
TAPARIA, SAM-FRANCE, SNAP-ON
Appendix-6 List of approved vendors.
Page 4 of 32
PORTABLE MAINTENANCE TOOLS
A. ELECTRICAL EQUPTS.
1
2
3
4
5
6
ST. GRINDERS
ANGLE GRINDERS
DRILLING M/C
BENCH GRINDERS 6”
SANDERS/ POLISHERS
SANDER
M/S RALLIWOLF
M/S BOSCH POWER TOOLS
M/S KULKARNI POWER TOOLS
M/S BLACK & DECKER
B. LIFTING / PULLING EQUIPMENTS
1
PULLING & LIFTING M/C
TIRFOR, MAXPULL, INDEF
2
3
HAND OPERATED CHAIN PULLEY BLOCK
HAND OPERATED GEAR TRAVELING
TROLLIES
HYD. JACKS
a) REMOTE CONTROLLED TYPE
(OPERATING PRESSURE + 700 BAR)
b) ELECT. HYD. POWER PACK
(OPERATING PRESSURE + 700 BAR)
INDEF
INDEF
HYD. BEARING PULLERS
SUPER UNIQUE, OMAR
STAR, POWER RAM
4
5
OEW, ORIONE,
ENERPACK
OEW, ORIONE,
ENERPACK
C. PNEUMATIC TOOLS
1
2
3
4
5
6
CHIPPING HAMMER
ST. GRINDER
ANGLE GRINDERS
DRILLING M/C
DIE GRINDERS
IMPACT WRENCHES
CPT PNE – TECH
D. MISC. TOOLS
1
ISMAL MAKE
2
DIE LESS HYD. CRIMPING TOOLS (6- 500
SQ.MM. SIZE)
RING SPANNERS OF ASSORTED SIZES
3
SOCKET SPANNERS
TAPARIA, MEKASTER
TAPARIA, JHALANI,
EVEREST, MEKASTER
III. EARTHMOVING EQUIPMENT & VEHICLES
S.No. Equipment/ Vehicle
Preferred makes
1.
2.
KOMATSU
BEML
3.
4.
DOZERS (ENGINE HP UP TO 100)
DOZERS (ENGINE HP MORE THAN 100 up to
450)
DUMPERS (35 TON REAR DUMP)
DUMPERS (50 T REAR DUMP)
BEML
HM, BEML
Appendix-6 List of approved vendors.
Page 5 of 32
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
HYDRAULIC EXCAVATORS (UP TO 1.5 CuM
BUCKET CAP).
EXCAVATORS (MORE THAN 1.5 CUM UP TO
3.50 CUM)
EXCAVATORS (MORE THAN 3.50 CUM UP
TO 5.50 CUM)
EXCAVAOPRS WITH ROCK BREAKER (UP
TO 1.0 CU M BUCKET CAPACITY)
WHEELED LOADERS (UP TO 1.0 CU M
BUCKET CAPACITY)
WHEELED LOADERS (MORE THAN 1.0 CU
UP TO 2.0 CU M)
WHEELED LOADERS (MORE THAN 2.0 CU M
UP TO 3.0 CU M)
WHEELED DOZER (ENGINE HP UP TO 160)
MOTOR GRADER (ENGINE HP UP TO 250)
FRICTION CRAWLER CRANE (18 T – 20 T)
TRACK TYPE LOADER (UP TO 2.0 CU M
BUCKET SIZE)
PICK AND CARRY CRANE (UP TO 8 T)
HYDRAULIC ROUGH TERRAIN CRANE (UP
TO 20 T)
HYDRAULIC ROUGH TERRAIN CRANE (40 T
– 45 T)
TRACTOR (ENGINE HP UP TO 70)
VIP CARS (ENGINE HP UP TO 100)
JEEPS (ENGINE HP UP TO 100)
PICKUP VAN (ENGINE HP UP TO 100)
TRUCKS (ENGINE HP UP TO 140)
TIPPERS (ENGINE HP UP TO 140)
AMBULANCE (ENGINE HP UP TO 100)
LIME TANKERS (ENGINE HP UP TO 170, 12 T
CAPACITY TANKER)
WATER TENDERS (ENGINE HP UP TO 170)
FOAM TENDERS (ENGINE HP UP TO 170)
EME TENDERS (ENGINE HP UP TO 170)
DCP TENDERS (ENGINE HP UP TO 170)
COMB. TENDERS (ENGINE HP UP TO 170)
GARBAGE TRUCKS (ENGINE HP UP TO 140)
WATER TANKERS (ENGINE HP UP TO 140)
BEML
L & T, TITAGARH WAGON
BEML
TATA HITACHI
ESCORTS, JCB
BEML, HM
BEML
BEML
BEML
TELCON
CATERPILLER
ESCORTS
VOLTAS OMEGA,
ESCORTS
VOLTAS OMEGA
HMT
HINDUSTAN MOTORS
MAHINDRA & MAHINDRA
TATA
TATA, ASHOK LEYLAND
TATA, ASHOK LEYLAND
TATA
TATA
TATA, ASHOK LEYLAND
TATA, ASHOK LEYLAND
TATA, ASHOK LEYLAND
TATA, ASHOK LEYLAND
TATA, ASHOK LEYLAND
TATA, ASHOK LEYLAND
TATA, ASHOK LEYLAND
IV. INDIGENOUS EOT CRANE
1
2
3
HOT METAL HANDLING FOUR GIRDER
CRANE, LADLE HANDLING CRANE - 2
GIRDER & 4 GIRDER, MILL DUTY CRANES,
MAGNET CRANES, TONGS CRANES &
GRAB MAGNET CRANES
SERVICE CRANES USED IN VARIOUS
SHOPS - CLASS-2, 3 DUTY CAPACITY UP
TO 300 T
SERVICE CRANES UP TO 200T CAPACITY
M/S HEC
M/S JESSOP
M/S MUKAND
M/S HEC
M/S JESSOP
M/S MUKAND, MUMBAI
M/S HEC
M/S JESSOP
M/S MUKAND, MUMBAI
M/S WMI
Appendix-6 List of approved vendors.
Page 6 of 32
4
SERVICE CRANES UP TO 50 T CAPACITY
M/S ANUPAM
M/S UNIQUE INDUSTIRES
M/S FAFE CO
M/S HEC
M/S JESSOP
M/S MUKAND, MUMBAI
M/S WMI
M/S ANUPAM
M/S UNIQUE INDUSTIRES
M/S FAFE CO
SHAKTI INDUSTIRES
V. AIR CONDITIONING AND VENTILATION EQUIPMENT
1
ROOM AIR CONDITIONERS - CAP 1.5 TR
AS PER IS
2
SPLIT AIR CONDITIONERS INCLUDING
CASSETTE TYPE, WALL MOUNTED FLOOR
MOUNTED AND CEILING MOUNTED - CAP.
1.5 TR & 2 TR
DUCTABLE AND TOWER TYPE AIR
CONDITIONERS - CAP. 5.5 TR
3
4
PACKAGE AIR CONDITIONERS (WATER
COOLED) 5- TR, 7.5 TR, 10 TR & 15 TR
5
PACKAGE AIR CONDITIONERS (AIR
COOLED) – CAP - 5 TR & 7.5 TR
6
PACKAGE (CAP - AS PER REQUIREMENT)
AIR CONDITIONERS FOR HIGH AMBIENT
TEMPERATURE (ABOVE 55 DEG C) FRO
APPLICATIONS LIKE CRANES, MOBILE
EQUIPMENT ETC.
CENTRAL AIR CONDITIONERS (CAP. 30 TR
AND ABOVE)
VAPOUR COMPRESSION TYPE WITH
WATER COOLED CONDENSERS ONLY WITH
OPEN TYPE RECPROCATING
COMPRESSORS
AIR HANDLING UNITS FOR CHILLED WATER
COOLING SYSTEMS (CAP - AS PER
REQUIREMENT)
AIR WASHER UNITS AND PLENUM
VENTILATION SYSTEMS (CAP. MINIMUM
10,000 CUM/HR AND IN MULTIPLES OF
10,000 CUM/HR AND UP TO 1,20,000
CUM/HR FOR NORMAL CASES)
7
8
9
VOLTAS, LG
VIDEOCON,
BLUESTAR,
ELECTROLUX
SIEL AIR CON
(NOT RECOMMENDED
FOR CONTINUOUS
OPERATION)
VOLTAS, BLUE STAR,
LG, DAIKIN,
VIDEOCON
VOLTAS
BLUE STAR, LG,
CARRIER, DAIKIN
VOLTAS, MESINA, BLUE
STAR, FRICK, FEDDERS
LLOYD, BATLIBOI
VOLTAS, MESINA, BLUE
STAR, FRICK, FEDDERS
LLOYD, BATLIBOI
LINTERN, WEISSHAR,
FRIGORTEC, SULTZER,
PHILIP DOYAL
VOLTAS, BATLIBOI
BLUE STAR, FRICK
C. DOCTOR, FRICK,
VOLTAS, BLUE STAR,
MESINA
SAKET, S.K. SYSTEMS,
MESINA, VOLTAS,
AIR TECHNIKO,
F.HARLEY - FOR
SYSTEMS OF CAPACITY
UP TO 80,000 CUM/ HR
AND
Appendix-6 List of approved vendors.
Page 7 of 32
ACCO, C.DOCTOR,
VOLTAS, ABB FOR
SYSTEMS OF CAPACITY
UP TO 1,20,000 CUM/ HR
10
11
WATER COOLERS OF STORAGE TYPE (CAP
- 80/ 40 LITERS)
REFRIGERATORS
(CAP. 165 LT TO 265 LT)
12
SEALED ROTARY/ RECIPROCATING/
SCROLL COMPRESSORS FOR ROOM AIR
CONDITIONERS AND SPLIT TYPE AIR
CONDITIONERS (CAP. 1.5 TR & 2 TR)
13
SEALED ROTARY/RECIPROCATING
/SCROLL COMPRESSORS FOR PACKAGE
AIR CONDITIONERS - CAP. 7.5 TR
SEMI SEALED COMPRESSORS FOR
PACKAGE AIR CONDITIONERS UP TO 15 TR.
OPEN TYPE COMPRESSORS FOR PACKAGE
AND CENTRAL AIR CONDITIONERS.
14
15
(CAPACITY CAN BE
REVIEWED FOR SPECIAL
CASES)
VOLTAS, USHA,
SHRIRAM, BLUE STAR
GODREJ, VIDEOCON,
LG, KELVINATOR,
WHIRLPOOL,
SAMSUNG
SHRIRAM
TECUMESH, HITACHI,
KIRLOSKAR COPLAND
CARRIER, DAIKIN
KIRLOSKAR COPLAND,
INDFOSS/ DAFOSS,
DAIKIN, CARRIER
VOLTAS, BATLIBOI,
KIRLOSKAR, PNEUMATIC
FRICK, FREEZE KING,
KIRLOSKAR, PNEUMATIC,
BOCK, ACCEL, BLITZER,
SULTZER, BATLIBOI
(DAIKIN), VOLTAS
VI CABLES
Category of Cables
Vendors
HT XLPE Cables
(IS 7098 P-II-1985)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
LT XLPE Cables
( IS 7098 P-I,1985)
Crystal Cables
KEI Industries
Fine cab Cable
Cable Corporation of India
NICCO Cables
Poly Cab Cables
R.P.G. Cables
Uniflex Cables
Universal Cables
Krishna Elect. Industries
Torrent Cables
Shriram Cables
Crystal Cables
Gloster Cable
Fine Cab Cable
Gems Cab Ind. Delhi
Krishna Elect.Industries
Ravin Cables Ltd, Maharashtra.
Mansfield
Special Cable
Pagoda Cables
Teracom
Appendix-6 List of approved vendors.
Page 8 of 32
Rubber Cables
(IS-9968 Pt-1)
(EPR /CSP, VIR/TRS &
SR cables)
HRPVC Cables
(IS 1554: Pt 1: 88
-license Endorsed for insulation of
Type C & sheath ST2)
(Power & Control
Copper & Aluminium
-Armored & Unarmored)
PVC Control cables
(IS 694)
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
KEI Industries
Poly Cab
Uniflex
RPG Cables
NICCO
Universal Cables
Cable Corporation of India
Havells India LTD.
Insucon Cables
CAPCAB Ind, N Delhi
I M T CABLES
Nangalwala Impex
United Cables
Bhagwati Cables
Cable Corpo of India
Govind Cables
KEI Industries
NICCO Cables
Shyam Cables
Sky Tone Elect.
Uniflex Cables
Universal Cables
Servel cables
K. N. G. PLASTIC
Mansfield Cables
R J Elect.
BMI Cables
TERACOM Pvt Ltd
Ajanta Elect,
Fine cab Cable
Insucon Cables
KEI Industries
Shanti Cables
Shyam Cables
Servel Cables
GEMS Cab
Mans Field Cables
Pagoda Cables
Universal Cables
Electrical Cable Indu.
Special cable
BMI Cables
Brimson Cables
RJ Indu.
Diamond Power
Grid India power cable
Bhansali Cables
Kalinga Cables & conduit Co.
Asian cable Co, Raigarh
Paragon cable India ltd
Rishabh Industries
Bhansali
Gems Cab Industries, Delhi
Servel Pvt. Ltd.
Mansfield
Special Cables
Appendix-6 List of approved vendors.
Page 9 of 32
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
Thermocouple, Compensating
Cables,
PTFE Cables
Welding Cables
IS 9857
(Aluminium & Copper)
Data Communication,
Instrumentation,
Screened , Co-axial
and special Cables
Pagoda
Ravin Cables
Super Star Cable
Brimson Cables
Vijaya Cables
Electrical Cable Ind.
BMI Cables Pvt. Ltd.
Teracom Cables
Insucon Cables
Guardin Cables & Conductors
CAPCAB Ind, N Delhi
Ajanta Elect,
Asian cable Co, Raigarh
Paragon cable India ltd
Thermo Cable Industries, Hyd,
Sri Siddhi Vinayak ind, Indore
POLYFLEX cables Pvt Ltd, Delhi
1. Skytone Elect.
2. Toshniwal Cables
3. Servel cables
4. Paramount Cables
5. M.E.M. Industries, Kolkolta
6. Electrical Cable Indu.
7. Cap Cab Cables
8. R.J. Industries. Corporation.
9. Mansfield Cable Corporation.
10. TERA COM
11. Special cable
12. Pagoda Cables
13. Udey pyro cables
14. Brooks Cables
15. Cords Cables
16. Friends Cables
17. Makcon Industries, Raipur
1.
IMT Cable Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi.
2.
K.N.G. Plastic,
3.
Nangalwala Impex
4.
Poly cab wires Mumbai.
5.
Uniflex Cables Ltd,
6.
Skytone cables, Faridabad.
7.
Universal cables Satna.
8.
NICOO corpo. Kolkata.
9.
Shyam Cable.
10. Teracom
11. Super Star Cable
12. Bhagwati Cables
13. Govind Cable Industries
1.
Toshniwal Cables
2.
Delton
3.
Finolex Cables
4.
LAPP. Cables
5.
M.E.M. Industries
6.
R.P.G. Cables
7.
Uniflex Cables
8.
Servel cable
Appendix-6 List of approved vendors.
Page 10 of 32
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
Telephone Cables
Optical Fibre Cable,
UTP Cable,
Data cables,
Profibus cables
HT Trailing Cables
IS 9968-II
(Reeling & Unreeling Duty)
Arial Bunch Cables
High temperature fire survival cables
for special applications
Mansfield Cable Co.
TERA COM
Special cable
Pagoda Cables
Universal Cables
Brooks Cables
Asian cables
Bhansali Cables
1. Shri Ram cables, Delhi
2. Bhansali Cables & Conductors Pvt. Ltd, New
Delhi.
3. Birla Ericsson Optical Ltd, Rewa.
4. Delton Cables Ltd, New Delhi.
5. Finolex Cables, Pune.
6. Paramount communications Ltd, New Delhi.
7. Elkay Telelinks Ltd., Faridabad.
8. Vindhya Telelinks, Rewa.
9. Usha Beltron Ltd ,Ranchi.
10. Uniflex Cables
1.
Avaya
2.
Lucent Technologies
3.
Molex Ltd, Bangalore
4.
Paramount
5.
Tera Com
6.
Finolex Cables
7.
Uniflex Cables
8.
Birla Ericsson Optical Ltd, Rewa.
9.
Systimax,
10. Amp India Limited, Banglore
11. Bhansali Cables
12. Dax networks ltd, Chennai
1.
Cable Corporation of India
2.
NICCO Cables
3.
Sky Tone Elect.
4.
Uniflex Cables
5.
Universal Cables
6.
KEI Industries Limited
1.
Hindustan Vidyut Products Ltd
2.
Laxmi Power Cables, Mumbai
3.
Shri Ram cables
4.
R.J. Industries. Corporation.
5.
CAPCAB Ind, N Delhi
6.
Paramount Cables
7.
Ravin Cable
8.
Chandresh Cables Ltd., Ahemdabad
1.
Tyco thermal controls India Pvt Ltd.
2.
HELUKABEL
3.
LAPP. Cables
VII. LAMPS & FIXTURES
1
LAMPS (GLS)
PHILIPS, BAJAJ, OSRAM,
MYSORE LAMPS, SURYA ROSHNI,
CROMPTON GREAVES, G.E.
LIGHTING, WIPRO
Appendix-6 List of approved vendors.
Page 11 of 32
2
LIGHTING FICTURES
3
FLAME PROOF FITTINGS
4
AVIATION LIGHTS
5
EXPLOSION PROOF LIGHTING
FITTINGS
PHILIPS, BAJAJ, MYSORE LAMPS,
CROMPTON GREAVES, G.E.
LIGHTING, WIPRO, DEEPSON
BALIGA, BANGALORE;
BAJAJ, FLEX PRO., KOLKATA,
HANSU – CONTROL, MUMBAI
BINOY, PHILIPS, G.E. LIGHTING,
ALTOS, PUNE
GOVAN INDUSTRIES, MUMBAI
(*) M/s Mysore Lamps & M/s Surya Roshni should give ‘Quality Assurance’.
VIII. HV EQUIPMENTS
1
2
220 KV & 132 KV POWER
TRANSFORMERS UP TO 160 MVA
33 KV, 11 KV, 6.6 KV OIL FILLED/
DRY TYPE DISTRIBUTION/
RECTIFIER TRANSFORMERS
1000 KVA AND ABOVE
2A
33 KV, 11 KV, 6.6 KV OIL FILLED/
DRY TYPE DISTRIBUTION/
RECTIFIER TRANSFORMERS
BELOW 1000 KVA
3
33 KV, 11KV, 6.6 KV OIL FILLED
FURNACE TRANSFORMERS
220 KV AND 132 KV SF 6 CIRCUIT
BREAKERS
33 KV, 22 KV, 11 KV, 6.6KV
VACUUM CIRCUIT BREAKERS
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
6.6 KV, 11 KV VACUUM
CONTRACTORS
220 KV AND 132 KV CURRENT
TRANSFORMERS (CT)
33 KV, 22 KV, 11 KV, 6.6 KV
CURRENT TRANSFORMERS (CT)
220 KV AND 132 KV VOLTAGE
TRANSFORMER (PT)
33KV, 22KV, 11KV, 6.6KV
VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER (PT)
220 KV AND 132 KV
CAPACITANCE VOLTAGE
TRANSFORMER (CVT)
220 KV AND 132 KV LIGHTINING
ARRESTOR (LA)
BHEL, TELK, CGL, EMCO, AREVA,
ABB, SIEMENS
CGL, AREVA, TRANSFORMERS &
RECTIFIERS LTD, KEC, INTRA
VIDYUT, KANOHAR, VOLT AMP,
BHARAT BIJLEE, ANDREW YULE,
BHEL, EMCO, ABB, SIEMENS
CGL, AREVA, TRANSFORMERS &
RECTIFIERS LTD, KEC, INTRA
VIDYUT, KANOHAR, VOLT AMP,
BHARAT BIJLEE, ANDREW YULE,
BHEL, EMCO, ABB, SIEMENS, STAR
DELTA TRANSFORMERS LTD,
SOMANI ELECTRICAL PVT LTD,
VISHAL TRANSFORMERS,
SHILCHAR ELECTRONICS LTD,
ATLANTA ELECTRICAL PVT LTD,
EMCO LTD, JALGAON.
CGL, EMCO, AREVA, BHEL, ABB
ABB , CGL, SIEMENS AREVA
SIEMENS, BHEL, CGL, SCHNEIDER,
AREVA, ABB, JYOTI (JYOTI – UP TO
11 KV ONLY)
BHEL, AREVA, SIEMENS, ANDREW
YULE, JYOTI, CGL
ABB, TELK, BHEL, CGL, AREVA
PRAGATI,INSTRANS, PRAYOG,
INTRAVIDYUT, INSUTECH
INDUSTRIES, ABB
ABB, TELK, BHEL, CGL, AREVA
ABB, PRAGATI, PRAYOG,
INTRAVIDYUT, JYOTI
AREVA, ABB, CGL, BHEL,
OBLUM, ELPRO, AREVA, CGL,
Appendix-6 List of approved vendors.
Page 12 of 32
13
220 KV AND 132 KV ISOLATORS
14
33KV, 11KV, 6.6KV ISOLATORS
LOAD BREAK SWITCH
11 KV AIR – BREAK SWITCH
15
16
220 KV AND 132 KV CONDENSER
BUSHINGS
17
20
33KV, 11 KV, AND 6.6 KV
CAPACITORS
33KV, 11KV, AND 6.6KV SURGE
SUPPRESSORS
33KV, 22KV, 11KV, 6.6KV CABLE
JOINTING KITS (HEAT
SHRINKABLR TYPE)
BATTERY CHARGERS
21
21
A
LEAD ACID STATION BATTERY
BATTERIES FOR OTHER
APPLICATION
21B
22
NICKEL – CADMIUM BATTERIES
ELECTRONIC ENERGY METERS
(TRIVECTOR / KWH)
23
24
PROTECTION & AUXILIARY
RELAYS
RECORDERS (CHARTLESS TYPE)
25
ANNUNCIATORS
26
PANEL/ INDICATING METERS
27
LT AIR CIRCUIT BREAKERS
28
EHT/HT INSULATORS
1. PORCCLAIN INSULATOR
18
19
2. EPOXY INSULATOR
29
HT HRC FUSES
S&S, PONDICHERRY, ELPRO, WSINSULATORS, ABB, AREVA, CGL
A- BOND STRANDS, DRESCHER &
PANICKER, ABB, SIEMENS, CGL
PACTIL, PANCHKARI & KAYAL & CO.,
A-BOND STRAND, PANIKER
BHEL, CGL, AREVA, TELK
(THE TRANSFORMER
MANUFACTURERS MAY GIVEN
THEIR OWN/ ANY OTHER MAKE
WITH QAP)
ABB, UNISTAR (UNIVERSAL CABLE),
BHEL, MEHER, BANGALORE.
OBLUM, ELPRO, WSISOLATORS,TOSHIBA, SIEMENS
RAYCHEM, M/S HEAT SHRINK
TECHNOLOGY, 3M (FOR 11 KV AND
6.6 KV)
CHHABI ELECTRICALS, STANDARD,
HI-RECT., SHERENE ELECTRO
CONTROL, AMARA RAJA
EXIDE, AMCO, AMARA RAJA
EXIDE, KIRLOSKAR BATTERIES,
CELTEK, HBL – NIFE, MYSORE
THERMO ELECTRIC, BUI
AMCO, SAB-NIFE
SEMS, L&T, SATEC, CONZERVE,
DUKATI, ABB, SIEMENS, AREVA,
SCHNEIDER
ABB, SIEMENS, L&T, AREVA,
SCHNEIDER
CHINO, YOKOGAWA INDIA LTD,
OKHURA, FUJI, EUROTHERM
(CHESSEL), TATA HONEYWELL,
HIOKI, FLUKE, ABB, PYROTECH,
UDAIPUR.
MINILEC, SPA, PROCON, UASHMUN,
PYROTECH (UDAIPUR)
IMP, AE, MECO, L&T, MOTWANI,
CONZERVE
L&T, SIEMENS, SCHNEIDER, ABB,
GE POWER CONTROL, CONTROL &
SWITCHGEAR (TRIAL PARTY).
WS- INSULATORS, JAYASHREE,
BHEL, A-BOND STRAND, S&S,
AREVA, OBLUM
A-BOND STRAND, POWER CAM
ELECTRICAL PVT LTD, BARODA;
BUSHINGS, S & C ELECTRIC CO.
(AMERICA), RISHO KOGYO CO. LTD
(JAPAN)
S&S, GE POWER CONTROL,
BUSMAN, SIEMENS, ABB,
Appendix-6 List of approved vendors.
Page 13 of 32
30
DRESCHER PANIKER
BEST & CROMPTON, ECC
(KOLKATA), STAR DRIVE (CHENNAI),
ENPRO (CHENNAI), ADVANCE
POWER CONTROL
(ADVANCE POWER CONTROL ONLY
FOR LV BUS DUCT)
HV/ LV BUS DUCT
IX. L V EQUIPMENTS
31
MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT
BREAKER (MCCB)
32
MOTOR PROTECTION CIRCUIT
BREAKERS (MPCB)
33
MANIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKER
(MCB)
34
EARTH LEAKAGE CIRCUIT
BREAKER
35
SWITCH FUSE UNIT / FUSE
DISCONNECTOR (FUSE SWITCH
UNIT), AIR BREAK SWITCH
36
HRC FUSE FOR LT APPLICATION
37
POWER CONTACTOR FOR
CRANE/ MILL DUTY OPERATION
1. BOX TYPE (AC/DC)
38
SCHNEIDER (CG & MG), L&T
ANDREW YULE, ABB, SIEMENS, BCH
(BIL), GE POWER CONTROL,
MOELLER, CONTROL &
SWITCHGEAR.
SCHNEIDER (TELEMECANIQUE),
L&T, ABB, GE POWER CONTROL,
MOELLER, ROCKWELL
AUTOMATION, CONTROL &
SWITCHGEAR.
SIEMENS, L&T, GE POWER
CONTROL, SCHNEIDER
(PROTEC/MG), STANDARD, INDOASIAN, HAVELLS, MDS (LEGRAND),
ABB, CONTROL & SWITCHGEAR.
GE POWER CONTROL, STANDARD,
HAVELLS, ABB, SIEMENS,
SCHNEIDER
GE POWER CONTROL, L&T,
SIEMENS, BASANT PRAN & CO,
HAVELLS, STANDARD, INDO-ASIAN,
CONTROL & SWITCH GEAR,
ANCHORE
GE POWER CONTROL, L&T,
SIEMENS, BHARAT LINDER, INDO
ASIAN, HAVELLS, STANDARD,
BUSSMAN, CONTROL & SWITCH
GEAR, ABB
ABB, SIEMENS, SCHNEIDER,
(TELEMECANIQUE), L&T, MOELLER,
GE POWER CONTROL, ROCKWELL,
AUTOMATION, CONTROL &
SWITCHGEAR (TRIAL PARTY).
2. VACUUM CONTACTOR
SIEMENS, L&T, MOELLER, ABB,
SCHNEIDER (TELEMECANIQUE),
3. AC/DC POWER CONTACTOR –
BCH (BIL), BHEL, L&T, SCHNEIDER
CLAPPER TYPE/ BAR MOUNTED – (TELOMECANIQUE), GE (USA), ABB,
MILL DUTY/ CRANE DUTY
LENIOR ELEC (FRANCE),
MICROELECTRICA SCIENTIFIC
(ITALY)
POWER CONTACTOR FOR
ABB, SIEMENS, SCHNEIDER, L&T,
GENERAL PURPOSE &
ROCKWELL AUTOMATION,
CONTINOUS DUTY OPERATION
ANDREW YULE, SCHNEIDER (CG)
BCH (BIL), MOELLER, CONTROL &
Appendix-6 List of approved vendors.
Page 14 of 32
SWITCH GEAR
39
OVER LOAD RELAY
1. THERMAL (BIMETALLIC)
2. ELECTRONIC OVER LOAD
RELAYS
40
41
3. ELECTRO MAGNETIC OVER
LOAD RELAY
AUX. CONTRACTORS/ CONTROL
REALYS
TIME DELAY RELAY
1. ELECTRO PNEUMATIC
BCH (BIL), SCHNEIDER
(TELOMECANIQUE), BHEL, ESAUN
REFOLLE
SELECTRON, SIEMENS, BCH (BIL),
ALSTOM, L&T, ROCKWELL
AUTOMATION IFM, SCHNEIDER
(TELOMECANIQUE)
L&T, GE POWER CONTROL, EAPL,
INDO ASIAN, SCHNEIDER (MG)
EPCC, INDUSTRIAL SYNDICATE,
STROM KRAFT, SCHNEIDER
(SQUARE D), SCHNEIDER
(TELEMECANIQUE)
2. ELECTRONIC TMER
3. TIME SWITCHES
42
MASTER CONTROLLER
43
LIMIT SWITCHES
1. CRANE & HEAVY DUTY
APPLICATION
2. MICRO & OTHER ACTUATING
TYPE
44
45
BCH (BIL), L&T, SIEMENS,
SCHNEIDER (TELOMECANIQUE),
ANDREW YULE, SCHNEIDER (C.G.),
ROCKWELL AUTOMATION,
CONTROL & SWITCHGEAR.
SIEMENS, L&T, ROCKWELL
AUTOMATION, MOELLER, BCH,
SCHNEIDER – SAMWHA
BCH, KILBURN, BHEL, SCNEIDER
(TELEMECANIQUE)
OEN, L&T,SCHNEIDER, ANDREW
YULE, GE POWER CONTROL, BCH
(BIL), EASUN REROLLE, JYOTI,
ROCKWELL AUTOMATION,
CONTROL & SWITCHGEAR.
RESISTANCE BOXES (FECHRAL
EDGE WOUND)
ELECTROMAGNETIC DC BRAKE
ASSEMBLY
EPCC, SCHNEIDER, INDUSTRIAL
SYNDICATE, STROM KRAFT, JAI
BALAJI
ESSEN DEINKI, L&T, BCH (BIL),
SIEMENS, SCHNEIDER
(TELEMECANIQUE), JAI BALAJI
EPCC, RSI, KINGS, TALSON
EPCC, BCH (BIL), INDUSTIRAL
SYNDICATE
X. POWER CONTROL AND ELECTRONICS ITEMS
46
47
THYRISTOR CONVERTERS
1. GENERAL PURPOSE UP TO 1
KA
2. CRITICAL APPLICATION UP TO
5 KA
3. CRITICAL APPLICATION MORE
THAN 5 KA
PLC
BHEL, SIEMENS, SSD DRIVES, ABB,
NELCO, ABIL, CONVERTEAM
BHEL, SIEMENS, ABB, SSD,
CONVERTEAM, ROCKWELL
AUTOMATION
BHEL, SIEMENS, ABB,
CONVERTEAM
ROCKWELL AUTOMATION, L&T
(QUANTAM), SIEMENS, ABB, GE
Appendix-6 List of approved vendors.
Page 15 of 32
FANUE, BCH, SCHNEIDER
ABB, ROCKWELL AUTOMATION,
BHEL, SCHNEIDER, N.N. PLANNER,
SIEMENS, INNOVATIVE
TECHNOMICS, KIMO ELECTRONICS,
TOSHIBA
48
SOFT STARTERS (LT MOTOR)
49
SOFT STARTERS (FOR HT
MOTORS)
1.WITH ENERGY SAVING MODE
50
2. WITHOUT ENERGY SAVING
MODE
VVVF DRIVES
1. GENERAL PURPOSE LT
MOTORS
2. CRITICAL APPLICATION FOR
LT MOTORS
3. FOR HT MOTORS MV DRIVE/
HI-LO-HI DRIVE
51
THYRISTOR DEVICES
52
POWER DIODES
53
54
CONTROL DIODES
SEMICONDUCTOR FUSES
55
UPS FOR GENERAL DUTY
55A
UPS FOR INDUSTRIAL DUTY
56
IGBT
ABB, ROCKWELL AUTOMATION,
BHEL, SIEMENS
INNOVATIVE TECHNOMICS
ABB, ROCKWELL AUTOMATION,
BHEL, SIEMENS, NELCO (HITACHI),
T.B. WOOD, VACON, SCHNEIDER,
SSD DRIVES, JELTRON (TOSHIBA),
L&T (YASKAWA)
ABB, BHEL, SIEMENS, L&T,
(YASKAWA), SCHNEIDER, VACON,
ROCKWELL AUTOMATION, SSD,
JELTRON (TOSHIBA)
ABB, ROCKWELL AUTOMATION,
BHEL, SIEMENS, CONVERTEAM
(UK), TMEIC
WEST CODE, ABB, BHEL, EUPEC,
HIND RECFIFIER, RUTTON SHAW,
SEMIKRON RECTIFIER
RUTTON-SHAW , USHA RECTIFIER,
HIND RECTIFIER, INSEL, SEMIKRON
RECTIFIER, WEST CODE, EUPEC
ECIL, BEL, HIND RECTIFIER, INSEL
GE POWER CONTROL, SIEMENS,
LA-FERRAZ, BUSSMAN
HI-REL, ILK (FUJI), TATA LIBERT
(EMERSON), SIEMENS, APC-MG
TVSE, DB POWER ELECTRONIC (P)
LTD, APLAB
HI-REL, ILK (FUJI), TATA LIBERT
(EMERSON), SIEMENS, DB POWER
ELECTRONIC (P) LTD, APLAB
WEST CODE, FUJI, EUPEC
XI. MOTORS
57
LT SQUIRREL CAGE MOTORS
58
LT SLIPRING MOTORS (CRANE/
MILL DUTY)
LT AC ROLL TABLE MOTORS
59
ABB, BHARAT BIJLEE, CGL, KEC,
LAXMI HYDRAULIC PVT LTD,
(SOLAPUR), MARATHON, SIEMENS,
ELGI, JYOTI, NGEF, SEW, NORD,
HINDUSTAN MOTORS, LENZE, EMIC,
SIMO, MBH.
CGL, MARATHON, KEC, BHARAT,
BIJLEE, EMIC
KEC, CGL, MARATHON, ABB, SEW,
MARK ELECTRIC, BAUER, LHP,
EMIC, DARSHANA MOTORS &
Appendix-6 List of approved vendors.
Page 16 of 32
60
LT AC GEARED MOTORS
60A
GEARED MOTORS FOR CRANE
AND ROLL TABLE APPLICATION
61
HT AC MOTORS (SQUIRREL
CAGE SLIPRING &
SYNCHORONOUS MOTORS)
LT FLAME PROOF SQUIRREL
CAGE MOTOR
62
63
STALL TORQUE VIRBATOR
MOTOR
64
65
ACTUATOR MOTORS
DC MOTORS
ENGINEERING PVT. LTD.
LAXMI HYDRAULICS PVT LTD.
(SOLAPUR), INTERNATIONAL
COMBUSTION, RAJENDRA
ELECTRICAL INDUSTRIAL LTD,
MUMBAI (REMI), BONFIGLIOLICOIMBATORE, POWER BUILD, SEW,
NORD, LENZE.
INTERNATIONAL COMBUSTION,
SEW, NORD, BAUER, DEMAG,
LENZE
MARATHON, CGL, KEC, ABB, BHEL,
JYOTI, SIEMENS, WEG, TMEIC
MARATHON, BHARAT BIJLEE, CGL,
KEC, LAXMI HYDRAULICS PVT LTD,
(SOLAPUR)
DEMAG, ELECTROMAG,
INTERNATIONAL COMBUSTION,
NORD, ELECTRO MAGNETICS,
BOSECO, DARSHANA MOTORS &
ENGINEERING PVT. LTD.
AUMA, ROTORK, LIMITORQUE
KEC, BHEL, CGL, IEC, BANGALORE;
EMIC
XII. ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS/ SENSORS
66
67
PROXIMITY SWITCHES
(INDUCTIVE, CAPACITIVE AND
MAGNETO)
ENCODER
68
ZERO SPEED SWITCH
69
SENSORS/ SWITCHES
*LIGHT BARRIERS
*DISTANCE
*LEVEL
SWITCH MODE POWER SUPPLY
70
71
ELECTRONIC FLOW SWITCHES
FOR OIL/ AIR/ WATER
IFM, SIEMENS, SICK, ROCKWELL
AUTOMATION, PEPPERL FUCHS,
SCHNEIDER
IFM, HUBNERM, HEIDENDINE,
LEONARD, DIPL, ENG.H. WENGORZ,
GmbH, SICK
SCHNEIDER – SAMWHA, IFM,
ROCKWELL AUTOMATION,
SIEMENS, PEPPERL + FUCHS,
PYROTECH
IFM, SICK, ROCKWELL
AUTOMATION, PEPPERL + FUCHS,
SIEMENS, SCHNIEDER, DIMETIX AG
SIEMENS, IFM, ROCKWELL
AUTOMATION, BHEL, SCHNIEDER,
HONEYWELL
EVERLY, NELCO, IFM, SCHNIEDER,
SIEMENS, KRONE, ENDRESS &
HAUSSER (E&H)
XIII. PANELS & PANEL COMPONENTS (LOW VOLTAGE)
72
73
PANEL BOARD (FIRE
RETARDENT BOARD)
PANEL ENCLOSURES
LAMTUF PLASTIC, HYDERABAD
EPCC, BCH, RITTAL, TRANSRECT,
ADVANCE POWER CONTROL,
CONTROL & SWITCHGEAR.
Appendix-6 List of approved vendors.
Page 17 of 32
74
TERMINAL BLOCKS
75
SELECTOR SWITCHES &
CONTROL SWITCHES
76
CONTROL TRANSFORMERS
77
MIMIC PANELS & ANNUCIATION
PANELS
78
M.C.C. (DRAW OUT TYPE)
79
M.C.C. (NON DRAW OUT TYPE)
80
POWER DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
(PDB) / ROLL TABLE
DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
81
POWER CONTROL CENTRE
(PCC)
82
LOCAL CONTROL STATION (LCS)
& CONTROL DESK STATION
EPCC, ELMEX, PHONIX CONTACT,
CONNECT WELL, ESSEN DEINKI,
WAGO
ABB, GE POWER CONTROL, BCH,
EPCC, KAYCEE, SIEMENS, TEKNIK,
L&T, RECOM
AEI, UNITECH, EPI, POWER &
COMMUNICATIONS, TRANSRECT,
ADVANCE POWER CONTROL, EEW,
CONTROL & SWITCHGEAR.
L&T, ADVANI OERLIKON, GE POWER
CONTROL, BHEL, BCH, TRANSRECT,
MINLEC, TIRUPATI ELECTRONICS,
ADVANCE POWER CONTROL,
CONTROL & SWITCHGEAR.
SIEMENS, BCH, L&T, ANDREW YULE,
SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC/ CGL,
CONTROL & SWITCH GEAR, ABB,
ADVANCE POWER CONTROL
SIEMENS, BCH, MAHESWARI
ELECT., L&T / ECC, ANDREW YULE,
SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC/ CGL,
CONTROL & SWITCH GEAR, ABB, GE
POWER CONTROL, TRANSRECT,
ADVANCE POWER CONTROL.
TRIAL PARTIES – MEDITRON,
SWITCHING CKT
ABB, GE POWER CONTROL,
ANDREW YULE, BCH, SCHNEIDER
ELECTRIC, MAHESWARI ELECT,
SIEMENS, L&T, TRANSRECT,
HAVELLS, STANDARD, TRICOLITE,
ADVANCE POWER CONTROL,
CONTROL & SWITCHGEAR.
EPCC, BCH, TRANSRECT
INDUSTIRES, ANDREW YULE,
SCHNEIDER ELECT., CONTROL &
SWITCH GEAR, L&T, SIEMENS,
MAHESHWARI ELECT, GE POWER
CONTROL, ABB, NGEF, ADVANCE
POWER CONTROL.
TRIAL PARTIES – MEDITRON,
PECON, SWITCHING CKT, HANSU
CONTROL, MANJUSHREE
EPCC, BCH, TRANSRECT
INDUSTIRES, ANDREW YULE,
SCHNEIDER ELECT., CONTROL &
SWITCH GEAR, L&T, SIEMENS,
MAHESHWARI ELECT, GE POWER
CONTROL, ABB, NGEF, ADVANCE
POWER CONTROL, EEW (EEW FOR
INDOOR APPLICATION ONLY).
TRIAL PARTIES - MEDITRON,
Appendix-6 List of approved vendors.
Page 18 of 32
83
MAIN LIGHTING DISTRIBUTION
BOARD (MLDB)
84
PUSH BUTTONS
85
INDICATING LED LAMP
ASSEMBLY
86
OPEN TYPE PANELS
87
CURRENT TRANSFORMER (LV)
88
CONTROL PANEL
PECON, SWITCHING CKT, HANSU
CONTROL, MANJUSHREE
SIEMENS, L&T/ ECC, TRANSRECT,
HAVELLS, STANDARD, SCHNEIDER
ELECTRIC, MAHESWARI ELECT., GE
POWER CONTROL, EEW (EEW FOR
INDOOR APPLICATION AND UP TO
200 A ONLY), MDS, ADVANCE
POWER CONTROL, TRIAL PARTIES –
MEDITRON, SWITCHING Ckt.,S&S,
CONTROL& SWITCHGEAR.
GE POWER CONTOL, BCH,
CONTROL & SWITCH GEAR, L&T,
SIEMENS, TECHNIK, ESSEN,
TELEMECHANIQUE.
TRIAL PARTIES – VAISHNO, S&S
BINOY, ESSEN DEINKI, SIEMENS,
TECHNIK, BCH, L&T, ALTOS,
CONTROL& SWITCHGEAR.
EPCC, TRANSRECT, EEW ,
CONTROL& SWITCHGEAR.
ABB, JAYSHREE, PRAGATI, KAPPA,
INTRAVIDUT, CONTROL &
SWITCHGEAR.
SONITECH, EPCC, TIRUPATI
ELECTRONICS, TRANSRECT,
ADVANCE POWER CONTROL, EEW,
CONTROL& SWITCHGEAR.
XIV. TELECOM EQUIPMENTS
89
C.C.T.V. SYSTEM
1. CAMERA
PELCO, SANYO, SHARP, SONY,
SAMSUNG
SHARP, HITACHI, PHILIPS, LG,
SAMSUNG, SONY, SANYO
2. MONITOR
90
91
92
93
94
WALKIT – TALKIE SYSTEM
1. HAND HELD SETS
2. FIXED STATIONS
DISTRIBUTED AMPLIFIER
SYSTEM
PROGRAMABLE LOUD SPEAKING
INTER COM SYSTEM (PROPAM
SYSTEM)
CONFERENCING SYSTEM
1. AMPLIEFIERS
2. CHAIRMAN DELEGATE UNIT
3. SPEAKERS.
NOTE : ALL UNIT SHOULD BE OF
SAME MAKE (IN SET)
DESPATCHER SYSTEM (EPABX)/
INTER COM/ HOT- LINES (ONLY
EXCHANGE)
MOTOROLA, YAESU, VERTEX
STANDARD
BOSCH, MEGA
PHI-AUDIOCOM, BOSCH, MEGA
BOSCH, AHUJA, MEGA, SHURE,
STUDIO MASTER
SIEMENS, ERICSSION, AVAYA,
GLOBAL CONNECT, ALCATEL
BUSINESS SYSTEM, NORTEL,
Appendix-6 List of approved vendors.
Page 19 of 32
95
96
97
98
99
100
BATTERIES (MORE THAN 400 AH)
LEAD ACID BATTERIES /
MAINTENANCE FREE BATTERIES
TELEPHONE INSTRUMENT
YARD COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
SHOP ANNOUNCEMENT SYSTEM
PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM (PAS)
CABLE JOINTING KITS
OPTICAL FIBRE CABLE
CORAL TELECOM
EXIDE, AMARA RAJA, AMCO
BEETEL, SIEMENS, PANASONIC
PHI-AUDIO COM, AHUJA, MEGA,
BOSCH
AHUJA, PHILIPS, BOSCH, MEGA,
STUDIO MASTER, SHURE
RAYCHEM
MOLEX, LUCENT, FINOLEX,
ERICSON, STERLITE, HFCL, OPTEL
XV. PAINTS - CATEGORY A – CRITICAL APPLICATION
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ENAMEL PAINT AIR-CRAFT GREY
COLOUR
ENAMEL PAINT CANARY YELLOW
COLOUR
ENAMEL PAINT WHITE COLOUR
(CRITICAL APPLICATION)
ENAMEL PAINT SIGNAL RED
COLOUR
ENAMEL PAINT ALUMINIUM
ORDINARY (CRITICAL
APPLICATION)
ENAMEL PAINT RED OXIDE
(CRITICAL APPLICATION)
ENAMEL PAINT ZINE CHROMATE
HEAT RESISTANT ALUMINIUM
PAINT
M/S BOMBAY PAINTS & ALLIED
PRODUCTS.
M/S KANSAL NEROLAC PAINTS LTD
M/S ASIAN PAINTS
M/S JENSON & NICHOLSON
M/S ICI PAINTS
M/S ARCOY INDUSTRIES
M/S BERGER PAINTS
M/S SHALIMAR PAINTS
CATEGORY B – (PROPRIETORY ITEMS) - CRITICAL APPLICATION
1
2
DUCO PAINT
DULUX PAINT
M/S ICI PAINTS
CATEGORY – NON CRITICAL APPLICATION
1
ENAMEL PAINT BLACK COLOUR.
2.
ENAMEL PAINT BLUE COLOUR.
3
4
ENAMEL PAINT GREEN COLOUR
ENAMEL PAINT POST OFFICE
RED COLOUR
ENAMEL PAINT GREY COLOUR
ENAMEL PAINT YELLOW
COLOUR
ENAMEL PAINT RED OXIDE NONCRITICAL APPLICATION)
ENAMEL PAINT ALUMINIMUM
ORDINARY (NON-CRITICAL
APPLICATION)
5
6
7
8
M/S BOMBAY PAINTS & ALLIED
PRODUCTS.
M/S KANSAL NEROLAC PAINTS LTD
M/S ASIAN PAINTS
M/S JENSON & NICHOLSON
M/S ICI PAINTS
M/S BERGER PAINTS
M/S SHALIMAR PAINTS
M/S ARCOY INDUSTRIES
M/S SYNORGANIC PAINTS PVT LTD,
BHILAI.
M/S SP INDUSTRIES, RAIPUR
M/S KUKREJA INDUSTRIES, BHILAI.
Appendix-6 List of approved vendors.
Page 20 of 32
9
ENAMEL PAINT WHITE COLOUR
(NON – CRITICAL APPLICATION)
XVI. INSTRUMENTATION ITEMS
A. FIELD INSTRUMENTS
1
1.1
PRESSURE INSTRUMENTS
PRESSURE/DIFFERENTIAL
PRESSURE GAUGE
1.2
A. PRESSURE/DIFFERENTIAL
PRESSURE SWITCHES (MECH.
TYPE)
B. PRESSURE/ DIFFERENTIAL
PRESSURE SWITCHES
(ELECTRONIC TYPE)
WIKA, ASHCROFT, BUDENBERG-UK,
FORBES MARSHALL, WAAREE,
STANDARD INSTRUMENT, H.GURU,
A.N.INSTRUMENT, TIWAC
(WALCHANDRA)
SWITZER, SOLON, ASHCROFT,
INDFOS
IFM, WIKA, KOBOLD, HYDAC,
WAAREE
-WITH DIGITAL INDICATION
1.3
PRESSURE/ DIFFERENTIAL
PRESSURE/ LEVEL/ FLOW
TRANSMITTERS
COMPACT TYPE PRESSURE
TRANSMITTER
TEMPERATURE INSTRUMENTS/
SENSORS
EMERSON (ROSEMOUNT),
HONEYWELL, YOKOGAWA,
SIEMENS, E&H, ABB, FUJI (INDIA)
IFM, E&H, KOBOLD, WIKA, ABB,
FORBES MARSHALL, WAAREE
2.1
TEMPERATURE GAUGE
2.2
THERMOCOUPLE & RTD
2.3
THERMOWELL &
THERMOCOUPLE ASSEMBLIES
2.4
TEMERATURE SWITCH
2.5
TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER
2.6
INFRARED RADIATION
PYROMETER (ON LINE/
PORTABLE)
WIKA, ASHCROFT, BUDENBERG,
WAAREE, STANDARD INSTRUMENT,
H.GURU, MANOMETER INDIA,
A.N.INSTRUMENT
TEMPSENS, TEMPTECH,
TOSHNIWAL INDUSTIRES, TEMCON,
TECHNO INSTRUMENTS, OMEGA,
WAAREE INSTRUMENTS
TEMPSENS, KUMAR
MANUFACTURING, TEMCON,
TECHNO INSTRUMENTS, OMEGA,
WAAREE INSTRUMENTS
IFM, WIKA, KOBOLD, OMEGA,
TRINITY TOUCH, E&H
EMERSON (ROSEMOUNT),
YOKOGAWA, HONEYWELL, MTL,
PHOENIX, P&F, OSNA, RADIX, ABB,
OMEGA, E&H
LAND, RAYTEK, IRCON, KELLER
HCW (CELLA TEMP-PS), MASIBUS
(WILLAMSON GOLD), OMEGA
3
FLOW INSTRUMENTS/ SENSORS
3.1
ROTAMETERS
1.4
2
FORBES-MARSHALL, EUREKA
INSTRUMENTS, CHEMTROLS, ROTA
INSTRUMENTS, SMC, WAAREE
Appendix-6 List of approved vendors.
Page 21 of 32
3.2
ORIFIC PLATE & FLANGES
ASSEMBLY/ VENTURI, FLOW
NOZZLE
3.3
FLOW SWITCH
3.4
ELECTROMAGNETIC FLOW
METER
3.5
VORTEX FLOW METER
3.6
MASS (CORIOLIS) FLOW METER
4
LEVEL INSTRUMENTS
4.1
LEVEL GAUGE (MAGNETIC &
REFLEX TYPE)
4.2
LEVEL SWITCH (CONDUCTIVITY
TYPE)
LEVEL SWITCH (CAPACITANCE/
RF TYPE)
4.3
4.4
LEVEL SWITCH (TUNING
FORK/ROD TYPE)
4.5
LEVEL SWITCH (FLOAT TYPE)
4.6
LEVEL SWITCH/ TRANSMITTER
(DISPLACER TYPE)
4.7
LEVEL SWITCH/ TRANSMITTER
(ULTRASONIC TYPE)
4.8
LEVEL SWITCH/ TRANSMITTER
(RADAR TYPE)
4.9
LEVEL SWITCH TRANSMITTER
(NUCLEONIC TYPE)
5
CONTROL VALVES AND
ACCESSORIES
5.1
CONTROL VALVE
ENGINEERING SPECIALTIES,
MICRO-PRECSION,
INSTRUMENTATION LTD, UNICONTROL, EMERSON
IFM, KOBOLD, MOBREY, KHRONE
MARSHALL
YOKOGAWA, EMERSON
(ROSEMOUNT), FORBES-MARSHALL,
ENDRESS & HAUSER, HONEYWELL,
ABB
EMERSON (MICRO-MOTION),
FORBES-MARSHALL, YOKOGAWA,
ENDRESS & HAUSER, VORTEX
INSTRUMENTS
EMERSON (ROSEMOUNT),
YOKOGAWA, FORBES-MARSHALL,
ENDRESS & HAUSER
CHEMTROL, MOBREY (EMERSON),
FORBES MARSHALL, SOLARTRON,
HI-TECH (LEVELSTAT), WAAREE
INSTRUMENT
(VEGA) CHEMTROL, ENDRESS &
HAUSER, PEPPERAL & FUCHS
VEGA, ENDRESS & HAUSER,
SAPCON, P&F, NIVO CONTROL,
TRINITY TOUCH
CHEMTROL (VEGA), ENDRESS &
HAUSER, PEPPERAL & FUCHS,
SIEMENS, TRINITY TOUCH,
SOLATRON
EMERSON, FORBES MARSHALL,
SOLON, V-AUTOMAT, WAAREE
EMERSON, CHEMTROLS (ECKARD),
SOLARTRON, MASONIELAN, OM
CONTROL
SICK, ENDRESS & HAUSER,
FORBES-MARSHALL, SIEMENS
(MILTRONICS), PEPPERAL & FUCHS
SICK, EMERSON (ROSEMOUNT),
ENDRESS & HAUSER, FORBESMARSHALL, SOLARTRON,
PEPPERAL & FUCHS, SIEMENS
CONCORD INTERNATIONAL (DR.
BERTHOLD), EMERSON (KAY RAY),
E&H, CHEMTROL (THERMOFISHER)
FISHER-XOMOX,
INSTRUMENTATION LTD, MIL
CONTROL, MASCOT, SAMSON
CONTROLS, FORBES MARSHALL
(ARCA), DEMBLA, KOSO FLUIDS
Appendix-6 List of approved vendors.
Page 22 of 32
5.2
ELECTRICAL ACTUATOR
5.3
PNEUMATIC ACTUATOR
5.4
5.5
ELECRO-HYDRAULIC ACTUATOR
SELF-REGULATING PRESSURE
CONTROL VALVE
5.6
I/P CONVERTERS
5.7
PNEUMATIC POSITIONER
5.8
ELECTRO-PNEUMATIC
POSITIONER
5.9
ELECTRO-PNEUMATIC
POSITIONER (SMART)
5.10 SOLENOID VALVE
5.11 AIR FILTER REGULATOR
5.12 FITTINGS
CABLES
6
6.1
PVC CONTROL COPPER CABLES
6.2
THERMOCOUPLE,
COMPENSATING CABLES, PTFE
CABLES
6.3
LOAD CELL CABLE
6.4
INSTRUMENTATION, SCREENED,
CO-AXIAL AND SPECIAL CABLE
AUMA, LIMITORQUE, BERNARD,
BECK, ROTORK, KOSO-REXA
FISHER-XOMOX,
INSTRUMENTATION LTD, MIL
CONTROL, MASCOT, SAMSON
CONTROLS, FORBES MARSHALL
(ARCA), DEMBLA, KOSO FLUIDS
REINEKE, VOITH, OM CONTROL
SAMSON CONTROLS, FORBES
MARSHALL, INSTRUMENTATION
LTD, FISHER-XOMOX
FORBES MARSHALL (MOORE
PRODUCTS), ABB, EMERSON,
HONEYWELL, BELLS, MARSH
BELLOFRAM
INSTRUMENTATION LTD, SMC,
DRESSER INDUSTRIES
(MASONEILAN), SAMSON
CONTROLS, FORBES MARSHALL
(ARCA), KOSO CONTROL, ABB,
MASCOT,DEMBLA, YOUNGTECH CO
LTD.
FISHER-XOMOX, SIEMENS, MIL
CONTROL, SAMSON CONTROLS,
INSTRUMENTATION LTD, FORBES
MARSHALL (ARCA), YAMATAKE,
ABB, YOUNGTECH CO LTD.
ABB, YOUNGTECH, METSO,
SAMSON
MAC (ARDEE), HERION, ROTEX,
SCHRADER – SCHOVILL, ASCO,
YOUNGTECH CO LTD.
SHAVO-NORGREN, MARSHBELLOFRAM, PLACKA, SCHRADERSCHOVILL, MASCOT, YOUNGTECH
CO LTD.
SWAGELOK, HYLOK, PARKER
TOSHNIWAL CABLES, BELDEN, LAPP
CABLES, M.E,M INDUSTRIES,
KOLKATA, UNIVERSAL CABLES,
SATNA, DELTON, BROOKS CABLES
TOSHNIWAL CABLES, PARAMOUNT
CABLES, MEM INDUSTRIES,
KOLKATA, UDEY PYRO-CABLES,
BROOKS CABLES, BELDON, LAPP
CABLES
HBM, SIEMENS, FLINTEC,
SARTORIUS MECHETRONICS,
VISHAY TRANSDUCERS
(SENSOTRONICS, TEDIA, BLH),
PRECIA- MOLEN, RICE LAKE,
SCHENCK
TOSHNIWAL CABLES, DELTON,
FINOLEX CABLES, LAPP CABLES,
Appendix-6 List of approved vendors.
Page 23 of 32
MEM INDUSTRIES, UNIVERSAL
CABLES, BROOKS CABLES, BELDEN
B.
CONTROL ROOM INSTRUMENTATION
7.1
DISTRIBUTED CONTROL
SYSTEM (DCS)
DCS FOR POWER PLANT
APPLICATION
DAS
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC
CONTROLLERS
DIGITAL INDICATOR
8.1
GAS ANALYSERS
YOKOGAWA, HONEYWELL,
EMERSON
BHEL, SMAR-LAXONS, EMERSON,
INSTRUMENTATION LTD.
YOKOGAWA, EUROTHERM,
EMERSON, HONEYWELL, NATIONAL
INSTRUMENTS
REFER AUTOMATION LIST.
PEPL, YOKOGAWA, MICRO
CONTROLS, MASIBUS, LECTROTEK,
RADIX, PANTECH, TOSHNIWAL
7.6
PROGRAMMABLE DIGITAL
OMRON, MCIH, YIL, ABB,
INDICATOR
EUROTHERM
7.7
BAR GRAPH INDICTOR
MASIBUS INSTRUMENTS, ABB
YOKOGAWA, LECTROTEK,
PANTECH, MCIH
7.8
RECORDERS (CHART LESS)
EUROTHERM, YOKOGAWA,
HONEYWELL, ABB, BRAIN CHILD
7.9
MICROPROCESSOR BASED
YOKOGAWA, SIEMENS,
CONTROLLER (WITH BAR GRAPH HONEYWELL, EUROTHERM
DISPLAY & DUAL LOOP)
FORBES MARSHALL, TOSHIBA, ABB
7.10 PID CONTROLLER
MCS, MCIH, RADIX, CHINO,
YOKOGAWA, ABB, HONEYWELL
7.11 DIGITAL SCANNERS
RADIX, MICRO CONTROLS SYSTEM,
MASIBUS INSTRUMENTS, PEPL
7.12 DC POWER SUPPLY UNIT
APLAB, PHOENIX, P&F, MTL,
ANURADHA, ELNOVA, ALLEN
BRADLY (ROCKWELL), OSNA,
OMRON
7.13 AUTO MANUAL STATION
YOKOGAWA, MASIBUS, FORBES
MARSHALL, MTL, EUROTHERM,
HONEYWELL, PANTECH
7.14 IS INTERFACE/ ZENNER
PEPPERL & FUCHS, MTL, RS
BARRIER
COMPONENT
7.15 SIGNAL ISOLATORS
PEPPERL & FUCHS, MTL,
YOKOGAWA, FORBES MARSHALL
(PROTECH), PHOENIX, OSNA,
RADIX, MASIBUS, PANTECH
7.16 ANNUNCIATION SYSTEM (LED
IIC, MINILEC, DIGICONT, MTL, BETA
TYPE ONLY)
INSTRUMENTS, PROCON
7.17 INSTRUMENT PANELS
RITTAL, PYROTECH,
INSTRUMENTATION LTD
7.18 TOTALIZER
MASIBUS, PEPL, LECTROTEK, ABB,
MCIH, YOKOGAWA INDIA LTD.
C. ANALYTICAL/ SPECIAL INSTRUMENTS
ABB (H&B), EMERSON, SIEMENS,
YOKOGAWA INDIA LTD, CHEMTROL
(SICK MAIHAKL), SERVOMAX
Appendix-6 List of approved vendors.
Page 24 of 32
8.2
GAS DETECTORS
8.3
CALORIFIC VALUE (CV)
ANALYZERS
MOISTURE ANLYZERS
(NUCLEONIC)
8.4
8.5
8.6
8.7
8.8
CROWCON, MSA, DRAGGER, BW
TECHNOLOGIES, INDUSTRIAL
SCIENTIFIC CORPN.- USA, REIKEN
KAIKI
REINEKE, UNION, YOKOGAWA
DISSOLVED O2 /PH/
CONDUCTIVITY METER/
TRANSMITTER
IR TYPE MOISTURE ANALYZER
FLAME DETECTOR
VIBRATION SENSORS &
MONITORS
A. TURBOVISORY SYSTEM
B. VIBRATION SYSTEM AS PER
API-670 COMPLIANCE
B. FOR OTHER APPLICATIONS
8.9
OPACITY /DUST
CONCENTRATION METER
9
WEIGHING SYSTEMS
9.1
STATIC RAIL WEIGH-BRIDGE
9.2
IN-MOTION RAIL WEIGHING
SYSTEMS
CONCORD INTERNATIONAL (DR.
BERTHOLD), EMERSON
(ANALYTICAL), SICK, THERMOFISHER (MOLA)
EMERSON (ANALYTICAL), FORBES
MARSHALL (POLYMETRON),
YOKOGAWA, ABB, E&H
MOISTECH, NDC (EMC), CHEMTROL
HONEYWELL, DURAG
INSTRUMENTS, YAMATAKE, ENDEE
BENTLEY NEVADA, SHINKAWA
(FORBES- MARSHALL)
BENTLEY NEVADA, SHINKAWA
(FORBES- MARSHALL),
VIBROMETER, SUJYOTI (SKF),
PROVIB-TECH, SPM, IRD MECH
ANALYSIS
ROCKWELL, MASIBUS, IFM,
UNIVERSAL, SPM
CODEL (FORBES MARSHALL),
DURAG, EMERSON, LAND, GE
SENSING, CHEMTROL
M/S SCHENCK PROCESS INDIA LTD.
M/S STRATEGIC WEIGHING SYSTEMS
LTD. (SWSL)
M/S SARTORIUS MECHATRONICS
INDIA PVT. LTD.
M/S WEIGHLOAD TECHNOLOGIES
PVT. LTD. (PIVOTEX, S-E-G,
TAMTRON)
M/S METTLER-TOLEDO INDIA PVT.
LTD.
M/S ACME AUTOMATION PVT. LTD.
M/S IPA PVT. LTD.
M/S SCHENCK PROCESS INDIA LTD.
M/S STRATEGIC WEIGHING SYSTEMS
LTD. (SWSL)
M/S METTLER-TOLEDO INDIA PVT.
LTD.
M/S WEIGHLOAD TECHNOLOGIES
PVT. LTD. (PIVOTEX, S-E-G,
TAMTRON)
M/S MERIDIAN ENGINEERS,
AUSTRALIA ( M/S ACME AUTOMATION
PVT. LTD.)
M/S AMTAB, SWEEDEN
Appendix-6 List of approved vendors.
Page 25 of 32
9.3
ROAD WEIGH BRIDGE
9.4
HOPPER WEIGHING/ BATCH
WEIGHING SYSTEM
9.5
BELD WEIGHER & WEIGH
FEEDER
9.6
CRANE WEIGHING SYSTEM
(TOTAL SYSTEM INCLUDING
LOAD CELLS, SUMMATION/
JUNCTION BOX, LOAD CELL
CABLE AND WEIGHING
ELECTRONICS ETC.)
M/S WEIGH WELL, U.K
M/S SCHENCK PROCESS INDIA LTD.
M/S STRATEGIC WEIGHING SYSTEMS
LTD. (SWSL)
M/S ASHBEE SYSTEMS PVT. LTD.
M/S METTLER-TOLEDO INDIA PVT.
LTD.
M/S WEIGHLOAD TECHNOLOGIES
PVT. LTD. (PIVOTEX, S-E-G,
TAMTRON)
M/S SARTORIUS MECHATRONICS
INDIA PVT. LTD.
M/S ACME AUTOMATION PVT. LTD
M/S IPA PVT. LTD.
M/S ELDIGI MEASUREMATICS PVT.
LTD.- MUMBAI
M/S SCHENCK PROCESS INDIA LTD.
M/S SARTORIUS MECHATRONICS
INDIA PVT. LTD.
M/S SIEMENS LTD.
M/S STRATEGIC WEIGHING SYSTEMS
LTD. (SWSL)
M/S TRANSWEIGH INDIA LTD.
M/S KISTLER-MORSE AUTOMATION
LTD.
M/S PRECIA MOLEN INDIA LTD.
M/S METTLER-TOLEDO INDIA PVT.
LTD.
M/S ACME AUTOMATION PVT. LTD
M/S IPA PVT. LTD.
M/S ELDIGI MEASUREMATICS PVT.
LTD.- MUMBAI
M/S SCHENCK PROCESS INDIA LTD.
M/S TRANSWEIGH INDIA LTD.
M/S KRISTLER-MORSE AUTOMATION
LTD
M/S PRECIA MOLEN INDIA LTD
M/S POWER BUILD LIMITED
M/S SARTORIUS MECHATRONICS
INDIA PVT. LTD.
M/S WEIGHLOAD TECHNOLOGIES
PVT. LTD. (PIVOTEX, S-E-G,
TAMTRON)
M/S PROCON ENGINEERING LTD.
(M/S RAMAN INSTRUMENTS PVT.
LTD.)
M/S ACME AUTOMATION PVT. LTD
M/S DOSATEC, SWITZERLAND
M/S ABB LIMITED
M/S VISHAY TRANSDUCERS INDIA
LTD.
M/S SCHENCK PROCESS INDIA LTD.
M/S WEIGHLOAD TECHNOLOGIES
PVT. LTD. (PIVOTEX, S-E-G,
TAMTRON)
M/S TECHNICAL WEIGHING
Appendix-6 List of approved vendors.
Page 26 of 32
SERVICES-USA
M/S ELDIGI MEASUREMATICS PVT.
LTD.- MUMBAI
M/S EILON ENGINEERING IND.
WEIGHING SYSTEMS LIMITED - UK
M/S EHP WAEGETECCHINK GMBH GERMANY
9.7
LOAD CELL AND ACCESSORIES M/S HBM
INCLUDING MOUNTING KIT,
M/S SIEMENS
LOAD CELL SUMMATION/
M/S FLINTEC
JUNCTION BOX AND LOAD
M/S SARTORIUS MECHETRONICS
CELL CABLE ETC.
M/S VISHAY TRANSDUCERS
(SENSOTRONICS, TEDIA, BLH)
M/S PRECIA- MOLEN
M/S RICE LAKE
M/S SCHENCK
9.8
PLAT FORM SCALES
M/S SCHENCK PROCESS INDIA LTD.
M/S SARTORIUS MECHETRONICS
INDIA PVT. LTD.
M/S PRECIA- MOLEN INDIA LTD.
M/S METTLER-TOLEDO INDIA PVT.
LTD.
M/S ACME AUTOMATION PVT. LTD
M/S ESSAE TEROKA LTD.
9.9
BAGGING SCALE
M/S TRANSWEIGH INDIA LTD.
M/S POWER BUILD LIMITED
M/S JASUBAHI MATERIAL HANDLING
SYSTEMS PVT. LTD.
M/S INDUS CONTROL AND
AUTOMATION PVT. LTD.
9.10 WEIHING ELECTRONICS/
M/S SCHENCK PROCESS INDIA LTD.
CONTROLLER / INDICATOR
M/S SARTORIUS MECHATRONICS
INDIA PVT. LTD.
M/S STRATEGIC WEIGHING SYSTEMS
LTD. (SWSL)
M/S PRECIA MOLEN INDIA LTD
M/S FLINTEC SALES PVT. LTD.
M/S EUROTHERM DEL INDIA LTD.
M/S TRANSWEIGH INDIA LTD.
M/S RICE LAKE
M/S GSE SCALES SYSTEMS
M/S RED LION CONTROLS
M/S VISHAY TRANSDUCERS INDIA
LTD.
M/S ASHBEE SYSTEMS PVT. LTD.
9.11 WEIGHT TRANSMITTER
M/S SARTORIUS MECHATRONICS
INDIA PVT. LTD.
M/S FLINTEC SALES PVT. LTD.
M/S SCHENCK PROCESS INDIA LTD.
M/S PRECIA MOLEN INDIA LTD
9.12 AC/DC DRIVES & CONTROLLERS
AS PER BSP ELECTRICAL
(FOR WEIGHING APPLICATIONS)
PREFERRED MAKE.
9.13 TRACK SWITCHES
M/S STRATEGIC WEIGHING SYSTEMS
LTD. (SWSL)
M/S RAILAC
M/S SENLOGIC
Appendix-6 List of approved vendors.
Page 27 of 32
9.14 LOAD CELL/ WEIGH LINE RAIL
SENSORS AND ELECTRONICS
FOR IN-MOTION RAIL WEIGH
BRIDGES
M/S R.K.ENGINEERING WORKS
M/S SCHENCK PROCESS INDIA LTD.
M/S METTLER-TOLEDO INDIA PVT.
LTD.
M/S WEIGHLOAD TECHNOLOGIES
PVT. LTD. (PIVOTEX, S-E-G,
TAMTRON)
M/S MERIDIAN ENGINEERS (M/S ACME
AUTOMATION PVT. LTD.)
M/S AMTAB – SWEEDEN
M/S WEIGH WELL - UK
M/S STRATEGIC WEIGHING SYSTEMS
LTD. (SWSL)
M/S SCHENCK PROCESS INDIA LTD.
M/S METTLER-TOLEDO INDIA PVT.
LTD.
M/S WEIGHLOAD TECHNOLOGIES
PVT. LTD. (PIVOTEX, S-E-G,
TAMTRON)
M/S MERIDIAN ENGINEERS (M/S ACME
AUTOMATION PVT. LTD.)
M/S AMTAB – SWEEDEN
M/S WEIGH WELL - UK
XVII. VALVES
1
C.S. GATE/GLOBE VALVE
A. (NON-IBR- FOR ALL SIZES
AND RATINGS)
2
BUTTERFLY VALVE
M/S B.D.K. ENGG. INDUSTRIES LTD.
HUBLI,
M/S BHEL, TIRUCHIRAPALLI,
M/S FOURESS ENGG. (INDIA) LTD,
AURANGABAD,
M/S K.S.B. PUMPS LTD, KOLKATA,
M/S LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD (AUDCO),
CHENNAI,
M/S
LEADER
VALVES
LTD,
JALANDHAR,
M/S
OSWAL
INDUSTIRES
LTD,
AHMEDABAD
M/S ADVANCE VALVES PVT LTD.,
NOIDA,
M/S AVCON CONTROL PVT LTD,
MUMBAI, (FOR ACTUATOR OPERATED
VALVES),
M/S B.D.K. ENGG. INDUSTRIES LTD,
HUBLI.
M/S
CRANE
PROCESS
FLOW
TECH(INDIA) LTD, PUNE,
M/S FOURESS ENGG. (INDIA) LTD,
AURANGABAD,
M/S INTER VALVES (PVT) LTD.
PUNE,
M/S LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD (AUDCO),
CHENNAI,
M/S TYCO VALVES, BARODA,
Appendix-6 List of approved vendors.
Page 28 of 32
3
BALL VALVES
4
CI SLUICE GATE VALVES
A. FOR ALL SIZES AND
RATINGS
M/S VIRGO ENGINEERS LTD, PUNE
M/S B.D.K. ENGG. INDUSTRIES LTD,
HUBLI,
M/S DELVAL FLOW CONTROL PVT
LTD, PUNE
M/S
FISHER
XOMOX
SANMAR,
TRICHURAPALLI.
M/S FLOWCHEM IND., AHMEDABAD,
M/S FOURESS ENGG. (INDIA) LTD,
AURANGABAD,
M/S HABONIM VAAS AUTOMATION
PVT LTD, CHENNAI,
M/S INTER VALVES, PUNE.
M/S LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD (AUDCO),
CHENNAI,
M/S
OSWAL
INDUSTIRES
LTD,
AHMEDABAD,
M/S VIRGO ENGINEERS LTD, PUNE
M/S B.D.K. ENGG. INDUSTRIES LTD,
HUBLI,
M/S
CALSENS
PRIVATE
LTD,
KOLKATA,
M/S G.M. DALUI & SONS, HOWRAH,
M/S H. SARKER & CO., KOLKATA,
M/S
HAWA
ENGINEERS
LTD,
AHMEDABAD,
M/S
KIRLOSKAR
BROTHERS,
NAGPUR,
M/S
LEADER
VALVES
LTD,
JALANDHAR,
M/S VENUS PUMP & ENGG. WORKS,
HOWRAH,
MS/
NETA
VALVES
PVT
LTD,
JALANDHAR
B. FOR SIZES UP TO NB 100 MM M/S
RONEX
ENGG.
COMPANY,
& PN 16 RATINGS
KOLKATA,
M/S UPADHYAYA VALVE MANUF. PVT
LTD, KOLKATA,
M/S STEAM & MINING INDUSTIRES,
KOLKATA.
5
PLUG VALVE
6
COCK VALVE FOR GAS
APPLICATIONS
CHECK/NON-RETURN VALVE
7
(VENDORS APPEARING UNDER ’A’
SHALL BE ELIGIBLE FOR ’B’ ALSO)
M/S B.D.K. ENGG. INDUSTRIES LTD,
HUBLI,
M/S FISHER XOMOX SANMAR, LTD,
CHENNAI,
M/S HABONIM VAAS AUTOMATION
PVT LTD, CHENNAI,
M/S LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD (AUDCO),
CHENNAI
M/S LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD (AUDCO),
CHENNAI
M/S ADVANCE VALVES PVT LTD,
NOIDA,
Appendix-6 List of approved vendors.
Page 29 of 32
8
FABRICATED GATE VALVE
9
PISTON VALVE
10
VALVES FOR STEAM
APPLICATION
A. FOR ALL SIZES AND
RATINGS
B. FOR SIZES UP TO 50 MM
AND CLASS # 150 RATINGS
11
KNIFE EDGE GATE VALVE
12
NON-FERROUS VALVE
M/S B.D.K. ENGG. INDUSTRIES LTD,
HUBLI,
M/S FOURESS ENGG. (INDIA) LTD,
AURANGABAD,
M/S INTER VALVES (PVT) LTD, PUNE,
M/S K.S.B. PUMPS LTD, KOLKATA.
M/S LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD (AUDCO),
CHENNAI,
M/S LEADER VALVES PVT LTD,
JALANDHAR.
M/S
OSWAL
INDUSTRIES
LTD.,
AHMEDABAD
M/S FOURESS ENGG. (INDIA) LTD,
AURANGABAD.
M/S LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD (AUDCO),
CHENNAI,
M/S ZIMMERMANN & JANSEEN,
DUREN, GERMANY.
M/S
SPIRAX
MARSHALL
LTD,
NAGPUR,
M/S UNI-KLINGER LTD, PUNE
M/S B.D.K. ENGG. INDUSTRIES LTD,
HUBLI,
M/S
OSWAL
INDUSTIRES
LTD,
AHMEDABAD,
M/S LARSEN & TOUBRO LTD (AUDCO),
CHENNAI,
M/S FOURESS ENGG. (INDIA) LTD,
AURANGABAD.
M/S K.S.B. PUMPS LTD, KOLKATA,
M/S BHEL, TRICHURAPALLI,
M/S
LEADER
VALVES
LTD,
JALANDHAR
M/S
NETA
VALVES
PVT
LTD,
JALANDHAR,
HAWA VALVES (INDIA) PVT. LIMITED,
MUMBAI
M/S
M.H.
VALVES
PVT
LTD,
AHMEDABAD.
(VENDORS APPEARING UNDER ‘A’
SHALL BE ELIGIBLE FOR ‘B’ ALSO)
M/S ENERGO ENGG. NOIDA, DELHI
M/S FOURESS ENGG. (INDIA) LTD,
AURANGABAD.
M/S ORBINOX INDIA PVT LTD,
COIMBATORE.
M/S VASS IND. PVT LTD, CHENNAI
M/S
LEADER
VALVES
LTD,
JALANDHAR
MS/
NETA
VALVES
PVT
LTD,
JALANDHAR
M/S
SANT
VALVES
PVT
LTD,
JALANDHAR
Appendix-6 List of approved vendors.
Page 30 of 32
M/S ZOLOTO IND., JALANDHAR
XVIII. AUTOMATION & INFORMATION SYSTEM
1.
PLC
2.
3.
COMPUTER (SERVICES)
COMPUTER (PC/ WORK
STATIONS/ LAP TOP)
DOT MATRIX PRINTER
LASER/ INKJET PRINTER,
SCANNERS
LCD PROJECTORS
4.
5.
6.
7
8
9
9.1
9.2
9.3
9.4
9.5
10
11
ABB, GE-FANUC, ROCKWELL
AUTOMATION, SIEMENS,
SCHNEIDER
IBM, HP, SUN
IBM, HP-COMPAQ, LENOVO, DELL,
HP
EPSON, TVSE
HP
LARGE FORMAT DISPLAYS/
MONITORS (LCD, 42’’ OR
BIGGER)
DISPLAY WALLS (DLP/ LCD)
NETWORK EQUIPMENT
ACTIVE COMPONENTS –
SWITCHES & ROUTERS
ACTIVE COMPONENTS –
OTHERS (INCLUDING FO/UTP
MEDIA CONVERTERS, MODEMS
ETC.)
PASSIVE COMPONENTS –
CABLING (INCLUDING FO CABLE,
UTP CABLE ETC.)
PASSIVE COMPONENTS –
RACKS
INDUSTRIAL GATE ETHERNET
SWITCHES
COMPUTER FURNITURE
UPS/ CVT
XIX.
CONVEYOR BELTS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
M/s Phoenix Yule Limited.
M/s Mercury Rubber Mills
M/s Forech India Limited
M/s NRC Industries Limited
M/s Oriental Rubber Industries Ltd.
M/s Anil Rubber Mills Pvt. Ltd.
M/s Sempertrans Nirlon Ltd.
M/s Hindustan Rubbers (Silvasa)
M/s Northland Rubber Mills
M/s Jhonson Rubber Industries
HITACHI, CANON, PANASONIC,
SONY, SHARP, HP
LG, HP, NEC, SAMSUNG, SONY,
PANASONIC
BARCO, MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
CISCO
ALLIED TELESYS/ TELESYN, RAD,
ZYXEL
LUCENT, AMP, SYSTIMAX, MOLEX,
R&M
APW PRESIDENT, RITTAL, KRONE
HIRSCHMANN, SIXNET
GODREJ, METHODEX, WIPRO
AS PER PREFFERED MAKE LIST OF
ELECTRICAL.
…
…
…
…
…
…
…
…
…
…
All grades – M24, HR & SHR
-do-do-do-do-do-do-do-doOnly for M-24 Grade.
Appendix-6 List of approved vendors.
Page 31 of 32
XX. FIRE FIGHTING EQUIPMENT.
1.
2.
FIRE
ISO – 9001-2000 M/S KANADIA FYR
EXTINGUISHERS
PVT.LTD.
AND MODULARS.
MUMBAI.
Carbon Monoxide Detector, Pocket Size, Micro processor based.
(As per approved specification).
a) Range – 0 to 1500
ppm & above, but not
more than 2000 ppm.
M/s Respo Products
M/s Detection Instrument Ltd.
M/s Joseph Leslie Draeger.
M/s MSA
M/s Industrial Scientific
M/s Respo Products
M/s ABN India (MSA)
M/s Joseph Leslie Draeger
M/s Detection Instruments Ltd.
M/s BW Technologies
M/s Ambetronics.
b) Range – 0 to 500
ppm & above, but not
more than 1000 ppm.
XIX.
1.
FYTER
POLYMER CHUTE LINER.
POLYMER
LINER.
CHUTE
-
M/S JYOTI CERO
JAMSHEDPUR.
RUBBER,
***
Appendix-6 List of approved vendors.
Page 32 of 32
STEEL AUTHORITY OF INDIA LIMITED
BHILAI STEEL PLANT
GENERAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
PREFFERED MAKES
(GS – 13)
MECON LIMITED
RANCHI – 834002
No. MEC/S/1901/11/38/0/00/00/F1889/R2
JULY, 2007
General Technical Specification
CONTENTS
SL.
NO.
01
PREAMBLE
02
FLUID SYSTEM
2
03
VENTILATION, AIR CONDITIONING AND AIR
9
DESCRIPTION
PAGE
NO.
1
POLLUTION CONTROL EQUIPMENT
04
HANDLING & HOISTING EQUIPMENT
11
05
REPAIR & MAINTENANCE FACILITIES
16
06
ELECTRICAL
17
07
INSTRUMENTATION
25
08
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM
30
09
BOF GCP EQUIPMENT
30
10
INFORMATION SYSTEM
32
11
FLUID SYSTEMS & PIPING ENGG
34
(LUBRICATION & HYDRAULICS)
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Preferred Makes
Page 1 of 1
GS-13
General Technical Specification
01.
PREAMBLE
This document “PREFERRED MAKES OF EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES” is a part of
the tender specification for various packages of BHILAI STEEL PLANT.
The makes of various equipment and supplies in respect of imported/indigenous
equipment/components/materials are listed out in this document. It is essential that the
equipment/component/materials to be supplied from imported/indigenous sources by the
Tenderer will be of any one of the makes listed against that particular equipment/
component/material in this documents..
In case the Tenderer/ Contractor intends to substitute any particular make of equipment /
components/ materials by a make other than that listed in this document, the Tenderer
shall clearly bring out the same in his tender along with justification and indicate the
alternative makes offered by him. It will be prerogative of the Purchaser to accept or
reject the alternative makes so offered.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Preferred Makes
Page 1 of 37
GS-13
General Technical Specification
01
FLUID SYSTEM
01.01
Water Supply Facilities
Sl.
No.
Item Description
1
Horizontal
Centrifugal Pumps
:
Kirloskar Brothers, KSB, Beacon Weir, Khimline, Jyoti,
Sintech, Ghaziabad.
2
Vertical Turbine
Pumps
:
Kirloskar Brothers, Voltas, WPIL, Jyoti,
3
Vertical Wet Pit
Type Pumps
:
SU Motors, Kishore Pumps, Kirloskar Brothers, KSB.
4
Submersible Pumps
:
KSB, SU Motors, Kirloskar Brothers, Kishore Pumps,
Darling, Beacon Weir.
5
Slurry Pump
:
Akay, Sam Engg., MBE, KBL, KSB Pumps, WARMAN.
6
Dosing Pump
:
Shapo Tools, Asia LMI (Madras), Positive Metering Pumps,
Toshniwal, Milton Roy India.
7
Cooling Towers
:
PCTPL, Shri Ram Tower Tech, Gammon, Himgiri, Southern
Cooling Tower, BDT, GEA
8
Pressure Filters
:
Thermax, Ion-Exchange, Resin India, Driplex, Doshion, VA
Tech Wabag, UEM, Aquatech
9
Sluice Gates
:
Jash Engineering, IVPL
10
Travelling Water
Screen
:
Macmet, Triveni, Otokiln, Mecgale (Nagpur), General
Mechanical
11
Sludge Scrapper
:
Triveni, Neo – Parisrutan, Mata India, Geomiller
12
Fire Hydrants
:
New Age Industries, Steelage Industires, ASCO, Strumech,
Vijay Fire, Zenith
13
Basket Strainers
:
Filteration Engrs, J.N Marshall, Masturlal Fabrication , ARF
Engg, Purolator Filters, ABB, Filters Mfd India
14
Duplex Strainers
:
Filteration Engrs., Otokiln, Superflo
15
Rubber Dismantling
Joints
:
BDX, CORI Engineers, D.Wren,
16
Diesel Engine
17
Softening & DM
Plant
18
R O Plants
19
Effluent Treatment
Plant
:
20
Drinking water
Treatment Plant
:
UEM India, VA Tech, GEA Energy Systems, Driplex Water
Engg , Triveni,
21
Basalt Liners
:
DEMECH, Vidyut Green Bank, Enviro Abrasian, Garden
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Manufacturers
:
:
:
Cummins/Ashok Layland/Ruston
Doshi / Resin India / Thermax / Thermax Cullinyan / VA
Tech / Ion Exchange /Triveni / GEA Energy Systems/
Driplex Water Engg, Triveni,
UEM India, VA Tech, GEA Energy Systems, Ion Exchange,
Driplex Water Engg, Triveni,
UEM India, VA Tech, GEA Energy Systems, Triveni,
Preferred Makes
Page 2 of 37
GS-13
General Technical Specification
Sl.
No.
Item Description
22
Oil Skimmer
:
JVM Engg.
23
Plate Heat
Exchangers
:
Alfalaval, GEA Ecoflex, IDMC
24
Surge Tanks
:
Anup Engg., Zenith Erectors, Haldia., Perfect Engg., Sakthi
Hitech
25
C.I. Valves (gate,
globe, NRV)
:
Kirloskar Brothers, Steam & Mining, IVPL, AV Valves, Shiv
Durga, BDK, Fouress.
26
CS Valves (gate,
NRV)
:
Audco, Fouress, BHEL, Sakhi, KSB, Steam & Mining, BDK,
Kirloskar, Virgo
27
Plug Valves
:
Audco- L&T, Vass Ind., Xomox, Virgo, BDK, Steam &
Mining.
28
Ball Valves
:
Audco, KSB, AL Saunders, Xomox, Virgo, BDK, Virgo ,
29
GM Valves
:
Leader, Steam & Mining, NECO, Upadhyay Valves, Kalpana
Valves
30
Butterfly Valves
(Manually &
electrically
operated)
31
Diaphragm Valves
32
Float Valve
33
Control Valve
34
Solenoid Valve
35
Air Release Valve
36
Pressure Reducing
Valve
37
Strainer/Filter
38
Electric Actuators
39
Rotory Pneumatic
Actuators
40
Hoses
41
Pipes a) MS/GI
Manufacturers
Reach Ship Builders & Engg.
b) DI
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
L&T, Fouress, Kirloskar Brothers, IVPL, VIRGO, AL
Saunders, Steam & Mining, Keystone, BDK, XOMOX.
AL Saunders, Fluid System, BDK , Steam & Mining.
Leader, IVPL, IM Engineers, Steam & Mining.
BHEL, L&T, Fouress, IL, MIL Controls, NECO Scharbet,
Darling
Rotex, Sicmag, Scharder, NECO INDFOS, Eastern
Pneumatic, Bluestar, AVCON, ASCO, Mercury
Shiva Durga, IVPL, IM Engineers, Steam & Mining,
Schroder Duncum, Fluid Line Valves.
JNM, Fouress, Bestobell, IL, Mazda, Nirmal Ind., Forbes
Marshal
Otokiln, Superflo, Triveni Plenty, Filter Mfg. Ind., Purolator,
Filteration Engineers
Beacon Rotork, Auma, Marsh Engineers, Keystone,
Limitorque, Antrieb, IL, Palghat
AL Saunders, Xomox, EL-O-Matic, Virgo, L&T, Flocon,
Precision Processing Equipt. Co.
Aeroflox/Markwel/Senior Flexonics, Inalsa, Teksons
SAIL/TATA/Jindal/Zenith/Man/SAW/Surindra/Welspun/Prak
esh
Electro Steel Casting
42
RCC Pipes &
Fittings
:
SUR Industrial Pipes, Hind Ceramics, Indian Hume Pipes,
Daya Cuncrching.
43
HDPE Pipes &
:
EMCO, KWH Heliplastic Polyolefins, Oriplast
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Preferred Makes
Page 3 of 37
GS-13
General Technical Specification
Sl.
No.
01.02
Item Description
Manufacturers
Fittings
44
PVC Pipes &
Fittings
:
Oriplast, Finolex, Bharat Pipe & Fittings, Supreme
Industries.
45
SS Pipes / SS
Fittings
:
Heavy Metal Tubes, Nobel Tubes, Rajendra Mech. Ind.,
Vitrag, SAIL, Poonam Enterprises, N.L.Hazra, M.S.Fittings
46
Seamless, Stainless
Steel Pipes/Tubes
:
Choksy Tubes, MJ Patel, Nagardas Kanji, Poonam
Enterprises, Sandulk Asia, Noble Tubes, Allied Steel, SAIL,
Maharastra Seamless (P) Ltd,
47
Fittings for the
above Pipes/Tubes
:
EBY Ind., High-Tech, Hydro technic, Hydro-Air Engg.,
Project Toolings, Shivananda, M.J.Patel, Nobles Tubes,
Allied Steel, Poonam Enterprises, N.L.Hazra, M.S.Fittings
48
Wrapping & Coating
for pipes
:
Rustech Products, HOTACO, IWL, M P Tar Products
49
Chemical Dosing
System
Hindustan
Dorr
Oliver,
Chembonddrewtreat ltd., NALCO
Tellabs
Chemicals,
Valves For Fuel Gas, Steam, Nitrogen, LPG & Compressed Air Facilities
Item Description
Manufacturers
C.I. Valves for Fuel Gas &
Compressed Air (gate,
globe, NRV)
:
Kirloskar Brothers, GM Dalui, Steam &
Mining, H.Sarker, IVPL, AV Valves, Leader,
Associated tooling, BDK, Kalpana Valves
CS, FS, SS Valves for
Steam, Feed Water, &
LPG (Gate, Globe, NRV)
:
L&T (Audco Div), Fouress, BHEL, KSB, GM
Dalui, Leader, BDK, NECO, Associated
Tooling, Hawa Egr., Vass Ind, Advance
Valves, Kalpana Valves
CI, CS, SS & FS Plug
Valves
:
Vass Ind., Xomox, Virgo, BDK, Leader,
Steam and Mining, GM Dalui, H.Sarkar,
Audco
Ball Valves
:
Audco, Vass Ind, KSB, BDK, Microfinish,
Niton,AL Saunders, Xomox, Virgo, United
Engineers, Steam & Mining, Hi-Tech
B.Valves
GM Valves
:
Bombay Metals, GM Dalui, Leader, NECO,
Kalpana Valves
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Preferred Makes
Page 4 of 37
GS-13
General Technical Specification
02.03
Butterfly Valves
:
Audco, Fouress, Kirloskar Brothers, IVPL,
Inter Valve, Virgo, AL Saunders, Keystone,
BDK, Leader, AVC Engg., Crowley & Ray,
Xomox, Tyco, Hi-Tech.
Diaphragm Valves
:
AL Saunders, Fluid System, Leader, BDK,
Xomox, Steam & Mining
Pressure Control
Valve/Pressure Reducing
Valve
:
JNM, Fouress, Bestobell, IL, Mazda, Nirmal
Ind., Vanaz, Kosan Metal, Vass Ind., RK
Control, Fluid Line, Forbes Marshal, Leader.
Large Diameter Goggle
Valve
:
Audco, Fouress, Cimmco, L&T
Fabricated Gate Valves
:
Fouress, Cimmco,
Kalpana Valves
Safety Relief Valve
(Pressure relief Valves)
:
BHEL, Keystone, Bliss Anand, L&T (Audco
Div.), Sempell, Fainger, Leser Valves (P)
Ltd., IL, Anderson, Kosan.
BECO, Beekay, L&T,
Miscellaneous Gas Facility & Compressed Air Equipment
Item Description
Manufacturers
Oxygen Acetylene & LPG
Manifolds
:
Kamrup Industrial Gases, INOX, Titan
Engg., BOC, Ramba Hydrogen, Asiatic
Oxygen
SS Bellows Expansion
Joints
:
Flexican, Flexatherm, SURR Ind., Pressel
(Cuttack), BD Engr., Eludyne Engr., SPB,
SEPL, PEBI, Lonestar, GBM Mfg., TI
Flexible Tube.
Centrifugal Gas Booster
:
Andrew Yule, TLT, James Howden (U.K),
Donkin (U.K), Hibhen
Twin Lobe Type Booster
:
Skoda, CKD Kompressors, MD Pneumatics,
Demag Delavl, Bryan Donkin Sulzer, Oil &
Gas Plant Engg., (Tuthill), Kay International
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Preferred Makes
Page 5 of 37
GS-13
General Technical Specification
Gas/Air Compressors
:
Ingersoll Rand, Atlas Copco, KG Khosla,
Kirloskar Pneumatic, Chicago Pneumatic,
Mannesman Demag, Eliat, Cooper, Sulzor,
Corken (USA)
Hoses
:
Flexican, Gaytri Industrial Corpn., Inalsa,
Teksons, Sudeep Industries, Markwell
Valves for Oxygen Services:
Item Description
1.
Manufacturers
Non-Ferrous:
For Isolation
:
Bestobell (UK), ETH IRELAND (France),
RT Orseal (UK), Truflo (Belgium),
Worcestor Controls (UK),
Quick Sheet-off Valve
:
Bestobell (UK), ETH IRELAND (France),
RT Orseal (UK), Truflo (Belgium),
Worcestor Controls (UK), Moorco, SEBIM
:
SEVERN (UK), NELES SECK GLOKON
(UK), IL (Palghat)
Solenoid Valve
:
AVCON, SEITZ, ROTEX, ASCO
Safety Relief Valve (SRV)
:
KUNKLE (USA), KEYSTONE (USA),
BROADY (UK), MOORCO, SEBIM, IL
(Palghat)
Pressure Regulators (Self
regulating with pressure
gauge)for Oxygen
:
ESAB, BOC, Speciality Gases, Kamrup
Industrial Gases, Venaz Engineers, Nirmal
Ind.
Stainless Steel (SS)
:
Precision Engg., BDK, Niton, Akay, Leader,
Audco, Sakhi & Co., KSB
Pressure Control Valve (PCV) &
Flow Control Valve (FCV)
2.
(manual)
POWER & ENERGY
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Preferred Makes
Page 6 of 37
GS-13
General Technical Specification
Item Description
Manufacturers
Air Drying Uuit
:
Chemech, Cleanair, Delair, Indcon, Mellcon,
Mirch Mirex, Gasoenergy System Pune.
Condensate Pumps
:
KSB, BHEL, Kirloskar Brothers, Mather &
Platt, Khimline, Sigma
Ejector
:
BHEL, Weigand, Newfield, Mazda
Trap & Strainer for
Compressed Air & Steam
:
Uniklinger, ESCO, JNM, Dryton Greaves,
Forbes Marshall, Hawa Engrs., Mazda
Electrical
:
AUMA India, Beacon Rotork Controls,
Continental Profiles, Emtork Actuators,
Limitorque
Pneumatic
:
Marsh Engg., Keystone, IL, Massoneilan, ELO-MATIC, Virgo, AL Saunder, L&T, Flocan
:
BHPV, Kaveri, Texmaco, Thermax, Babcock
& Wicox, Parkair Engg., Rhine, Universal
Heat Exchanger, Godrej, L&T, GEI Godavari,
Patel Air Temp., Hindustan Radiaton
Control Valves
:
Blue Star, Fouress Engg., IL, JNM, Mazda,
Forbes Marshall
Pressure Vessel & Tanks
:
Beekay Engg., BHPV, ISGEC, Kaveri Engg.,
TSL, Lloyds Steel, Mukand, Parkair Engg.,
Grasim Industries, Anup Thermal System,
Texmaco, SV Tank, Grasim Industries,
Hyderfuel Industries.
Thermal Insulation
:
Hyderapad Industries, Lloyds Insulation,
Rockwool, Thermax Heat Tracers, U.P.
Twiga Fibreglass.
Suction Filters
:
FMI, KAAF, L&T, Flakt, Autokiln Filter, GEC
Alsthom, Filtration Engr., ARF Engg., ABB,
Dyna Filter, Purolator Filters, GM Dalui
Actuators
Heat Exchanger
(Shell & Tube Type)
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Preferred Makes
Page 7 of 37
GS-13
General Technical Specification
02.04
Pipes & Fittings
Facilities.
for Water Supply, Gas Facilities, Steam and Compressed Air
Item Description
Manufacturers
SW/SAW, ERW/EFW MS
Pipes
:
SAIL, BHEL, TISCO, Jindal, Ajanta, Zenith,
Saw Pipes, Welspun, Man Industries,
Surindra Engg., Maharastra Seamless,
Indian Seamless, BST, Advance Steel, Good
Luck, Indus Tubes, Mukat, Lloyds, Poonam
Enterprises, Soor Neogi Koumar.
SS Pipes / SS Fittings
:
Heavy Metal Tubes, Nobel Tubes, Rajendra
Mech. Ind., Sterling Supply Agency, Vitrag,
SAIL, Poonam Enterprises, N.L.Hazra,
M.S.Fittings
Seamless, Stainless Steel
Pipes/Tubes
:
Amardeep Steel, Choksy Tubes, MJ Patel,
Nagardas Kanji, Poonam Enterprises,
Sandulk Asia, MEC Tubes, Nagardas &
Kusai, Noble Tubes, Allied Steel, Kamlesh
Tube, Menilal & Bro, Uday Tubes, SAIL,
Maharastra Seamless (P) Ltd, Imperial
Steel, Soor Neogi Koumar.
Fittings for the above
Pipes/Tubes
:
EBY Ind., High-Tech, Hydro technic, HydroAir Engg., Project Toolings, Shivananda,
M.J.Patel, Nagardas & Kusai, MEC Tubes,
Nobles Tubes, Amardeep Steel, Allied Steel,
Kamlesh Tube, Menilal & Bros, Poonam
Enterprises, N.L.Hazra, M.S.Fittings
RCC Pipes & Fittings
:
SUR Industrial Pipes, Hind Ceramics, Indian
Hume Pipes, Daya Cuncrching.
HDPE Pipes & Fittings
:
EMCO, KWH Heliplastic Polyolefins, Oriplast
PVC Pipes & Fittings
:
Oriplast, Finolex, Bharat Pipe & Fittings,
Supreme Industries.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Preferred Makes
Page 8 of 37
GS-13
General Technical Specification
03.
VENTILATION, AIR CONDITIONING & AIR POLLUTION CONTROL EQUIPMENT
Item Description
Manufacturers
Centrifugal fans for
Ventilation
:
C.Doctor, EFE, AEROVENT, Flow Link,
Andrew Yule, RIECO, ISEL, BATLIBOI,
Flaktwood,
REITZ,
ACCEL,
Dustven,
INDFAN,
Centrigugal fans for
Dedusting
:
BHEL, TLT, C.Doctor, Andrew Yule, RIECO,
Batliboi,
F.Harley,
Flaktwood,
REITZ,
DUSTVEN, ISEL, INDFAN
Tube axial fans / Propeller
Fans
:
C.Doctor, EFE, Flow Link, ALMONARD,
ACCEL, KHAITAN, AEROVENT, ISEL,
INDFAN
Panel filter for air
:
FMI, Clean Filter Industries, EFE, ACCEL,
FILTRONIC, FLOWLINK, CADILLAC, C.
DOCTOR
Air washer
:
C.Doctor, EFE, FLOW LINK, FHARLEY,
ALSTOM, Dustven, BATLIBOI, FMI
Man coolers
:
C.Doctor,
Ventura,
LM
KHAITAN,
ALMONARD,
FLOWLINK
Roof exhauster
:
C.Doctor, EFE, ACCEL, ALMONARD,
FLOWLINK, INDFAN, AEROVENT
Window air conditioners
:
Fedders Lloyd, VOLTAS, Blue Star, ARCTIC,
Carrier Aircon, LG, Samsung, HITACHI
Packaged air conditioners
:
VOLTAS, Blue Star, KIRLOSKAR, ACCEL,
BATLIBOI, EMERSON, FEDDERS LLOYDS,
ROOS TEMPKOOL, ROOTS COOLING
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Preferred Makes
Page 9 of 37
ENGINEERS,
DUSTVEN,
GS-13
General Technical Specification
Item Description
Manufacturers
Packaged chillers
:
VOLTAS, Blue Star, ALSTOM, Batliboi,
ACCEL, FEDDERS LLOYD, KIRLOSKAR,
PNEUMATIC
Air handling units
:
VOLTAS, BLUE STAR, ALSTOM, BATLIBOI,
PATELS AIR TEMP, ROOTS COOLING
Cooling towers
:
PAHARPUR, MIHIR, ADVANCE, GAMMON
INDIA, Southern Cooling Towers Ltd.,
SHRIRAM TOWER TECH.
Refrigerant compressors
:
VOLTAS, SHRIRAM, ACCEL, BLUE STAR, ,
Atlas Copco, Kirloskar, HITACHI
Cyclones
:
THERMAX, RIECO, ALSTOM, C.DOCTOR,
F.HARLEY, Dustven, EFE
Multicyclones
:
THERMAX,
ALSTOM,
C.
DOCTOR,
BATLIBOI, RIECO, F.HARLEY, EFE
:
THERMAX, ALSTOM, ANDREW YULE,
RIECO, C.DOCTOR. F.HARLEY, Dustven,
BATLIBOI, FMI
:
ALSTOM, RIECO, THERMAX, VAI, Dustven,
BATLIBOI
Wet scrubbers
:
ALSTOM, THERMAX, BATLIBOI, RIECO,
C.DOCTOR, F.HARLEY, EFE, SOIL &
ENVIRO SYSTEM
Venturi scrubbers
:
BATLIBOI, THERMAX, RIECO, ALSTOM,
Dustven
Electrostatic precipitators
:
ANDREW
YULE,
VOLTAS, ABB, VAI
Bag filters
3
(Cap – 10,000 m /h to
3
80, 000 m /h)
Bag filters
3
(Cap –Above 80,000 m /h)
Insulation
THERMAX,
TWIGA, LLOYDS, BAKELITE
MALANPUR ENTECH
BHEL,
HYLAM,
Valves for air conditioning
:
DANFOSS, HONEYWELL, BLUE STAR
Vibration isolators
:
DUNLOP, EMERALD
Centrifugal horizontal
pumps
:
KSB,
BEACON
KIRLOSKAR
Horizontal split casing
pumps
:
VOLTAS,
BEACON
KIRLOSKAR
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Preferred Makes
Page 10 of 37
WEIR,
WEIR,
VOLTAS,
KSB,
GS-13
General Technical Specification
04.
HANDLING & HOISTING EQUIPMENT & COMPONENTS
04.01
Equipment
Item Description
Manufacturers
EOT Crane
(Up to 10T capacity)
:
Armsel, Avon, FAFECO, Mukand,
Anupam, Shivpra, Tubrofurguson
EOT Crane
(Up to 50 T capacity)
:
HEC, Jessop, Mukand, Hyderabad Ind. Ltd.,
WMI, FAFECO, Unique, Anupam
EOT Crane
(Above 50 T capacity)
:
Jessops, HEC, Mukand, FAFECO, Unique,
WMI, .
Underslung Cranes (Upto
5t only)
Electric Hoists
:
Armsel, Brady & Morris, Shivpra
:
Armsel, Shivpra,WH Brady, Brady & Morris,
Grip Engrs., Hi-tech, Century Crane
Transfer Cars
:
HEC, L&T, Hyderabad Ind.,
Engrs, ELECON, TRF
Chain Pulley Blocks &
hand operated travelling
cranes.
Shunting Winch
:
Armsel, Century Cranes, Brady & Morris, Light
Lift Ind., Hi-tech, MR Engg. Lifting Equipment
:
Beekay, HEC, Armsel, Century Cranes, Nirmal
Equipments, Mining & MH Equipment, Cyclo
transmission
Jib Crane
:
Brady & Morris, Century Cranes, Hi-tech, Grip
Engrs., Elite, Light Lifting, Armsel
Crawler Mounted Mobile
Crane
Excavator/ Shovel
:
TIL, Hyderabad Industries, TATA-P&H
:
TIL, HEC, Hyderabad Industries, BEML
Elevator/Lift
:
OTIS, OMEGA, Kone, ECE
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Preferred Makes
Page 11 of 37
WMI,
Mukand, Eqipt
GS-13
General Technical Specification
04.02
Mechanical Components/ Equipment
Item Description
Manufacturers
Hooks
:
Herman Mohta, Free Trading Corporation,
Steel Forgings & Engg..
Flexible / Geared coupling
:
Hicliff, Concord, Wellman, GBM, Alliance, New
Allenbery Works,Elecon,
Wire rope
:
Bharat Wire Rope, Orion Ropes, Usha Martin
Bearings for Cranes
:
SKF, FAG
Bearings for other
equipment
:
SKF, FAG, Tata Timken, Asian Bearings,
NRB,MBM
Oil Seals
:
Vaco Oil Seals, Rubber Equipment & Engg.
Sealjet India (Pune), Sealpack, Champion
Seals
Lubrication Fittings
:
Lubcon, AFMC, Prakash, Lincoln
Lubricating Systems
:
AFMC, Prakash, Grindwell Norton, Lincoln
Helios
Gear box
:
New Allenburry, Greaves Cotton, ELECON,
Shanti Gears, Flender, AR Engg, Kirloskar,I.C.
Hydraulic Systems
:
Vickers Sperry, Yuken, Manesmann, Rexroth,
Hugglands Denison-Parker
Hydraulic Coupling
:
Fluidomat, Ghatge Patil, VOITH, Prembrill
Centrifugal blowers
Burners
:
:
Recuperators
:
REITZ, Flaht Wood, James Howden (UK)
Stein Heurtey, Techint, LOI, Weswan North
American, Ecllpse, Hotwork
Eastern
Equipment,
GEFFI
(Germany)
SAFMAT (France), North American Minnt. Co.
Thermal Transfer Corporation (USA)
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Preferred Makes
Page 12 of 37
GS-13
General Technical Specification
Item Description
Manufacturers
Hydraulic
Power/Cylinders
:
Rexroth, Vickers, Wipro,
Veljan, Yuken, Oscar.
High Pressure
Vane/Piston Pump
:
Vickers, Yuker, Rexroth, Hugglands, Denison
Crusher
:
Sayaji, HEC, McNally Bharat, TRF, ELECON
DCEM Brake
:
Track type Limit Switch
:
Electromag, BCH, Industries Syndicate, Storm
Kraft, Speed-O-Control
Electromag, BCH, Speed-O-Control, Jayshree,
EP&C, Bengal Technocrats
Thruster Brake
:
Electromag, BCH, Speed-o-Control, Elite
Belt changing Device
:
Nilos, Shawalmex
Conveyor Belting
:
Northland
Rubber
Vibrating Screen
:
IC, TRF, ELECON, McNally Bharat, L &T, HEC,
Orien, Electromag, Hydrabad Industries
Vibratory Feeder
:
Electromag, IC, TRF,
ELECON, McNally Bharat
Magnetic Separators
:
Electromag, WMI, Magnet Corporation, Electro
magnetic Ind., Ericz, Sartorius, Hans Bockels,
Krupp Forder, Technick ,L & T
Pneumatic Actuators
:
Prepec, Technomech, Nucon
OSCAR Equipt, Veljan Hydair.
Electro Mechanical
Actuators
:
PREPEC, Technomech, Pebco
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Rubber,
Preferred Makes
Page 13 of 37
Usha
Telehoist,
Phoenix-Yule,
Orien
Oriental
Engineers,
Industries,
GS-13
General Technical Specification
Item Description
Manufacturers
Rubber liner
:
TEGA, Kaveri
Polymer liner
:
TEGA, Kaveri
Polyethelene liner
:
Kaveri, Tega
Polyurethane liner
:
Kaveri, Tega
Cast Basalt liner
:
DECCAN, Enviro Abrasion
Belt Scraper/ Belt
Cleaner
:
Belt Switches
Bin Vibrator
:
:
Hosch Equipment, Vinar IDC, Kaveri Macmet,
Hindustan Udyog Ltd., Karam Chand Thapper,
Cobit Engg, Elecon, TRF,
Promac, BMH
Concare
Jayshree, PROTO CONTROL, EPC
Electromag, Electromagnetic Industries, IC
Samplers
:
Prisector (UK), Ramsay Engg (USA), Eastmn
Crusher, Advanced system sampling (P) Ltd.
Belt Vulcanisers
:
Shaw Almex, Nilos India, SV Dattar
Sector Gates, Diverter
Gates, Rack and Pinion
Gates etc.
:
Vinar,
IDC,
Macmet,
TRF,
Precision
Processing, Moktali, Holtzman, Mining &
Material, Chennai Radha,
Flexowel Conveyors
:
METSO, Flexowel
Drag Chain Conveyors
:
Moktali Engrs., TRF, Equipt Engrs, Redler
India, Enviro Abrasion, Karam Chand Thapar,
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Preferred Makes
Page 14 of 37
GS-13
General Technical Specification
Item Description
Manufacturers
Bucket Elevator
:
Moktali, Golden Electrical, Hindustan Udyog,
Vinar, Cobit, Shree Conveyor, IDC, Orien,
Macmet, Elecon, TRF
Belt Feeder
:
Reclaimer
:
Vinar, IDC, HEC, Orien, Macmet, Elecon, TRF,
Cobit
Metso, L&T, Elecon, TRF, HEC
Stacker
:
Metso, L&T, Elecon, TRF, HEC
Stacker – CumReclaimer
Wagon Tippler
:
Metso, L&T, Elecon, TRF, HEC
:
L&T, HEC, Elecon, TRF, Metso
Wagon Loader
:
L&T, HEC, Elecon, TRF, Metso
Belt Weigh Feeders &
Weigh Hopper
:
Kistler – Morse, Sartorius Mechatronics,
Transweigh, Avery, Jenson Nicholson
Belt Weigh Scale
:
Kistler-Morse, Transweigh, Avery, Sartorius
Mechatronics, Jenson Nicholson
Conveyor belt pulleys
:
Elecon, TRF, McNally Bharat, Macmet, HEC
Conveyor Idlers
:
Elecon, TRF, McNally Bharat, Kali, Hindustan
Udyog Ltd., Macmet
Pneumatic Handling
Equipment
:
TTG, Scorpio
Front – end – loader
:
TIL, Hyderabad Industries Ltd.,
Fork-lift-truck
:
Godrej, Voltas, TIL
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Preferred Makes
Page 15 of 37
GS-13
General Technical Specification
05.
REPAIR & MAINTENANCE FACILITIES
Item Description
Manufacturers
Centre Lathe
:
HMT, Mysore Kirloskar, HEC
Universal Milling m/c
:
HMT, BFW, Batliboi
Shaper
:
PAL, P&B, Loyal
Radial Drilling m/c
:
HMT, Batliboi, Kerry Jost, HEC
Horizontal Boring m/c
:
HMT, HEC, PAL
Submerged Arc Welding
Set
:
Advani, ESAB, ADOR, Mogora, COSMIC
Welding Rectifier
:
Advani, ESAB, ADOR, Mogora, COSMIC
Welding Transformer
:
Advani, ESAB, MEMCO
Universal Tool and Cutter
Grinding m/c
:
HMT, Praga, Batliboi
Hydraulic Press
:
BEMCO, P&B, Centerprise
Cast Iron Plate
:
Jash, Madras Gauge, P&B
Power Hacksaw
:
ITL, P&B, EIFCO
Column Drilling m/c
:
HMT, Thakoor, Kerry Jost, EIFCO, Batliboi
Bench Drilling m/c
:
Accuax, EIFCO, P&B, Thakoor
Double-ended Pedestal
Grinder
:
Grind Tools, GECO, AMC, P&B
Cylindrical Grinder
:
HMT, Mysore Kirloskar, ELP
Tools & Tackles
:
P&B, Mekaster, Centerprise, Ally
Measuring Tools and
Gauges
:
P&B, Bombay Tools
Garage Equipment
:
ELGI, USHA, WAP, P&B
Oiling & Greasing
:
ELGI, P&B
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Preferred Makes
Page 16 of 37
GS-13
General Technical Specification
06.
ELECTRICAL
The list of acceptable makes for various electrical and automation equipment is given below.
A ) POWER DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT
SL.
NO.
EQUIPMENT
PREFERRED MAKES
TRANSFORMERS
1.
a)
DISTRIBUTION
TRANSFORMER (OIL
TYPE) (11 or 6.6/0.433
KV)
ABB / AREVA / / CGL / BHEL / BHARAT BIJLEE / VOLT
AMP/ KIRLOSKAR /INTRA VIDYUT /
b)
DRY TYPE
TRANSFORMER
INTRA VIDYUT / VOLTAMP / KEC
2.
11kV / 6.6KV ISOLATOR
A BOND STRAND / S&S,MADRAS / HIVELM / SIEMENS /
DREISCHER-PANICKER.
3.
415V SWITCHBOARD
SIEMENS / L&T / GE POWER / SCHNEIDER
4.
LT BUSDUCT
STARDRIVE / C&S / PCE / ECC / BRIGHT ENGINEERS/
VIDHYUT CONTROL
5.
BATTERY
a)
NICKEL - CADMIUM
AMCO / HBL NIFE
b)
VALVE REGULATED
LEAD ACID
MAINTENANCE FREE
BATTERY (VRLA)
HBL NIFE / AMARARAJA / EXIDE
c)
BATTERY ( PLANTE)
HBL NIFE / AMARARAJA / EXIDE
6.
BATTERY CHARGER/
DCDB
CHHABI / HBL NIFE/ CALDYNE / AMARA RAJA /
KIRLOSKAR
7.
PROTECTIVE RELAYS
AREVA / ABB / SIEMENS/ER
8.
AUXILIARY RELAYS
ABB / ER / SIEMENS / AREVA
9.
HEAT
SRINKABLE
CABLE JOINTING KITS/
STRAIGHT
THROUGH
JOINTS (H.T)
RAYCHEM / DENSON / M-SEAL
10.
METER (ANALOGUE
TYPE)
IMP / AE / MECO / SECURE METERS / CONZERV / L&T /
RISHAV
11.
CURRENT
TRANSFORMERS
ABB / SILKANS / INSTRANS / PRAGATI / IMP/ AE /
KAPPA / PRAYOG / SIEMENS / L&T
12.
POTENTIAL
TRANSFORMER
ABB / BHEL / SILKANS / PRAGATI / IMP / KAPPA /
PRAYOG /SIEMENS / ABB / INDOCOIL / PRECISION
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Preferred Makes
Page 17 of 37
GS-13
General Technical Specification
SL.
NO.
EQUIPMENT
PREFERRED MAKES
13.
11KV/ 6.6KV CABLES
ASIAN CABLES (RPG) / CCI / UNIVERSAL / NICCO /
POLYCAB / HAVELLS
14.
DIGITAL TYPE
MULTIFUNCTION
METER
CONSERVE / L&T / SECURE / ER / RISHAV
B ) LT PANELS , DRIVES , AUTOMATION & CONTROL ACCESSORIES.
SL.NO.
1.
SUB GROUP
MAKES
MCC (NON DRAW
OUT)
POWER
DISTRIBUTION BOARD
(PDB)
CONTROL DESK
&POST
HINDUSTAN CONTROL / POWER & PROTECTION /
ECC / VENUS / BCH / HAVELLS / GEMCO
4.
LOCAL CONTROL
STATION (LCS)
HINDUSTAN CONTROL / POWER & PROTECTION /
ECC / VENUS / BCH / HAVELLS / GEMCO
5.
LIGHTING
DISTRIBUTION BOARD
MLDB, SLDB
HINDUSTAN CONTROL / POWER & PROTECTION /
ECC / VENUS / GEPC / BCH
6.
VVVF AC DRIVE
ABB / ROCKWELL AUTOMATION / SIEMENS / VACON /
SCHNEIDER / L&T
7.
SOFT STARTER
ROCKWELL AUTOMATION / ABB / SCHNEIDER /
SIEMENS
8.
PROGRAMMABLE
LOGIC CONTROLER
(PLC)
ABB ( 800 XA) / GE-FANUC ( PAC Rx7i) / ROCKWELL
AUTOMATION (CONTROLOGIX) / SIEMENS (S7
SERIES)
9.
UNINTERRUPTED
POWER SUPPLY
(UPS)
LT AC MOTOR
(SQ. CAGE)
TATA LIBERT (EMERSON) / GE / FUJI / DB
ELECTRONICS
ALSTOM / KEC / CGL / SIEMENS
12.
LT AC MOTORS
(CRANE DUTY)
HT AC MOTOR
13.
LT AC GEARED
KIRLOSKAR ELECTRIC / POWERBUILD / NEW ALLEN
2.
3.
10.
11.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
SCHNEIDER / L&T / SIEMENS / GEPOWER
HINDUSTAN CONTROL / VENUS / SIEMENS / ABB / L&T
/ GEPC / HAVELLS
ABB / BHARAT BIJLEE / CGL / KIRLOSKAR ELECTRIC
ALSTOM / SIEMENS
BHEL / ABB / CGL / SIEMENS / KIRLOSKAR ELECTRIC /
ALSTOM / WEG / GE
Preferred Makes
Page 18 of 37
GS-13
General Technical Specification
SL.NO.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
SUB GROUP
MAKES
MOTOR
BERRY / IEC / AUMA
FLAME PROOF LT
SQUIRREL CAGE AC
MOTOR
SLIPRING MOTOR
(OTHER THAN CRANE
DUTY)
LT AC VVVF MOTORS
FOR ROLLER TABLE
APPLICATION
STALL TORQUE
MOTOR
ACTUATOR
ALSTOM / BHARAT BIJLE / ABB / CGL
KIRLOSKAR ELECTRIC / SIEMENS
MOTOR PROTECTION
CIRCUIT BREAKER
(MPCB)
MOULDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
(MCCB)
MINIATURE CIRCUIT
BREAKER (MCB)
CGL / ALSTOM / SIEMENS / KIRLOSKAR ELECT CO.
SIEMENS / ABB / KIRLOSKAR ELECT CO. / ALSTOM /
CGL
DEMAG
AUMA / ROTORK / LIMITORQUE
SCHNEIDER / ABB / L&T / GEPOWER / SIEMENS
SIEMENS / ABB / L&T / GEPOWER / SCHNEIDER
HAVELLS / MDS LEGRAND / SCHNEIDER / STANDARD
/ GEPOWER / HAGAR (L & T) / ABB / SIEMENS
EARTH LEAKAE
CIRCUIT
BREAKER.(ELCB)
HRC FUSES
HAVELLS / MDS LEGRAND / SCHNEIDER / STANDARD
/ GEPOWER / HAGAR (L & T) / ABB / SIEMENS
VACUUM
CONTACTOR (LT)
AC POWER
CONTACTORS
SIEMENS / L&T / ABB / SCHNIEDER
26.
CRANE DUTY POWER
CONTACTORS
ABB / SCHNEIDER / L&T / SIEMENS / GEPOWER
27.
THERMAL OVER LOAD
RELAY
ABB / C&S / BCH / L&T / SCHNEIDER/ GEPOWER /
SIEMENS
28.
ELECTRONIC
THERMAL OVERLOAD
RELAY
CONTROL SWITCHES
/
SELECTOR
SWITCHES
FANOX / SAMWHA / MOELLER / LG / SPECHER &
SCHUH
23.
24.
25.
29.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
L&T / SIEMENS / BUSMAN / GEPOWER / INDO-ASIAN
ABB / L&T / SCHNEIDER / SIEMENS / GE POWER /
BCH
ABB / ALSTOM / BCH / KAYCEE / GEPOWER / SIEMENS
Preferred Makes
Page 19 of 37
GS-13
General Technical Specification
SL.NO.
SUB GROUP
MAKES
30.
PUSH BUTTONS
BCH / L&T / SCHNEIDER / SIEMENS / GEPOWER
31.
TIMERS/TIME DELAY
RELAY
AUXILIARY RELAYS
ABB / BCH / L&T / GEPOWER / SIEMENS / EAPL
ABB / BCH / L&T / SCHNEIDER / GEPOWER / SIEMENS
33.
MASTER
CONTROLLER
EPCC (KAKKU) / SCHNIEDER / SIEMENS /
STROMKRAFT / TELEMECHANIQUE
34.
LIMIT SWITCHES
BCH / EPCC (KAKKU) / AG MECHANIC / ESSEN
GEPOWER / JAIBALAJI / SCHNEIDER / SIEMENS
35.
PULL CORD
SWITCHES
EPCC (KAKKU) / AG MECHANIC / TELEMECHANIQUE /
JAYSHREE ENTERPRISES / STROMKRAFT / PROTO
CONTROL
36.
BELT SWAY SWITCH
EPCC (KAKKU) / AG MECHANIC / TELEMECH /
JAYSHREE ENTERPRISES / STROMKRAFT /
PROTO CONTROL
37.
GRAVITY TYPE LIMIT
SWITCH
ROTARY LIMIT
SWITCH
EPCC (KAKKU) / STROMKRAFT / KAYCEE
EPCC (KAKKU) / AG MECHANIC ENTERPRISE /
SCHNEIDER / TELEMECH
39.
PROXIMITY &PHOTO
ELECTRIC SENSORS
ROCKWELL / SCHNIEDER / SIEMENS/ OMRON / SICK /
DELTA / LINE & LINDE / TELEMECHANIQUE
40.
PULSE ENCODER
HUBNER / HEIDENHEIN / ROCKWELL AUTOMATION
(ALLEN BRADLEY) / LEONARD BAUR GERMANY / SICK
(GERMANY)
41.
INDICATING LAMP
LED TYPE
SIEMENS / L&T / BINAY / ESSEN / BCH / VAISHNO
42.
HOOTER / BUZZER /
BELL / SIRENS
SOLID STATE
ANNUNCIATOR
EPCC (KAKKU) / KHERAJ
32.
38.
43.
ADVANI OERLIKON / AREVA / APLAB/ CONTROL &
DYNAMICS / DIGICON INSTRUMENTATION LTD. / L&T /
MINILEC
44.
TEMP. SCANNER
ADVANI OERLIKON / ECIL / INSTRUMENTATION LTD. /
MASIBUS / PYROTECH / SIEMENS
45.
LAMPS
BAJAJ / CROMPTON GREAVES / GE LIGHTING /
PHILIPS / OSRAM / SIGMA
46.
LIGHT FITTING
(FIXTURES)
BAJAJ / CROMPTON GREAVES / GE LIGHTING /
PHILIPS
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Preferred Makes
Page 20 of 37
GS-13
General Technical Specification
SL.NO.
SUB GROUP
MAKES
47.
COMPLETE WITH ALL
ACCESSORIES
EXCEPT LAMP.
LIGHTING WIRE (PVC)
48.
5A/15A PIANO SWITCH
ANCHOR / ELLORA / MDS LEGRAND / PRECISION /
HAVELLS
49.
50.
FLAME PROOF LIGHT
FITTING
EXHAUST FANS
GOVAN / BALIGA / FLEXPRO / SUDHIR / CEAG / FCG /
SIGMA
CGL / KHAITAN / BAJAJ
51.
CEILLING FANS
CGL / KHAITAN / HAVELS
52.
PERSONAL
COMPUTER
LAP TOP/ NOTEBOOK
HP / DELL. / LENOVO / IBM
53.
54.
CCI / DELTON / FINOLEX / NICCO / UNIVERSAL
IBM / HP / LENOVO / DELL
HRC FUSE
(SEMICONDUCTOR
PROTECTION)
ELECTRONIC
WEIGHING SYSTEM
ABB / SARTORIOUS / SANMAR / SCHENK /
TRANSWEIGH / KELK
56.
PVC POWER CABLES
(LT)
CCI / UNIVERSAL / NICCO / RPG CABLES (ASIAN) /
POLYCAB / FINOLEX / TORRENT / HAVELLS
57.
PVC CONTROL
CABLES
58.
HEAT RESISTANT
CABLES (EPR/CSP &
SR)
SCREENED CABLES &
SPECIAL CABLES
CCI / LAPP / NICCO / RPG CABLES (ASIAN) /
UNIVERSAL / POLY CAB / FINOLEX / TOSHNIWAL /
DELTON
CCI / LAPP / NICCO / RPG CABLES (ASIAN) /
UNIVERSAL / TOSHNIWAL / DELTON
55.
59.
60.
BUSMANN / JE MULLER / FERRAZ / GEPOWER /
SIEMENS
CCI / BELDEN / LAPP / FINOLEX / POLY CAB / NICCO /
TOSHNIWAL / DELTON
CABLE TERMINATION
KITS (XLPE)
TERMINAL
CONNECTOR
CONNECT WELL / ESSEN-DINKY / PHOENIX / WAGO /
LAPP
62.
TRAILING CABLES
LAPP / CCI / UNIVERSAL / ASIAN / NICCO
63.
WELDING SOCKET
BCH / SCHNIDER / BEST & CROMPTON / GEPOWER /
HAVELL / JAIBALAJI
64.
LIFTING MAGNETS
ELECTROMAG / EPCC (KAKKU) / STERLING
MAGNETICS / SUPERLIFT
65.
POWERPACK FOR
MAGNETS
ELECTROMAG / BCH / EPCC (KAKKU)
61.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
MSEAL, 3M / RAYCHEM
Preferred Makes
Page 21 of 37
GS-13
General Technical Specification
SL.NO.
SUB GROUP
MAKES
66.
RESISTORS (CRANE)
BCH / ELECTROMAG / AMP CONTROL / EPCC /
SIEMENS / RESITECH / NARKHEDGE
67.
LT CAPACITORS
GEPOWER / ABB / CGL / UNI STAR / BHEL
68.
CABLE REELING
DRUM
BENGAL TECHNOCRAT, / ELECTRO ZAVOD /
ELECTROMAG
69.
DC
ELECTROMAGNETIC
BRAKE
ELECTRO MAGNETIC
OVERLOAD RELAYS
BCH
71.
OIL DASH POT
OVERLOAD RELAYS
KILBURN ELECTRICALS LTD / ELECTROGEAR
72.
CONTROL
TRANSFORMERS
SIEMENS LTD. / INDCOIL MANUFACTURING CO. /
INTRAVIDYUT / AUTOMATIC ELECTRIC LTD. (AE) /
INDUSHREE / BHARTIA CUTLER-HAMMER LTD.
73.
CRANE CONTROL
PANELS
HINDUSTAN CONTROL / ECC / VENUS / MEDITRON /
EPCC
70.
BHARAT HEAVY ELECTRICALS LTD / BHARTIA
CUTLER-HAMMER LTD / KILBURN ELECTRICALS LTD.
C) FIRE DETECTION & ALARM. (F.D.A) SYSTEM
SL.NO
.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
DEVICES
MAKES
INTELLIGENT DETECTORS
( PHOTO ELECTRIC, HEAT, THERMAL)
UL /FM / APPROVED
INTELLIGENT FIRE ALARM CONTEROL
PANELS
UL /FM / APPROVED
ADDRESSABLE MANUAL CALL POINTS
INCLUDING HAND SETS .
UL /FM / APPROVED
MONITOR MODULES
UL /FM / APPROVED
FAULT ISOLATION MODULE
UL /FM / APPROVED
CONTROL MODULES
UL /FM / APPROVED
UV FLAME DETECTORS
UL /FM /APPROVED
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
SIMPLEX / NOTIFIER / EDWARDS
-DO-DO-DO-DO-DOPATOL / DETRONICS / SPECTREX
Preferred Makes
Page 22 of 37
GS-13
General Technical Specification
8.
10.
BEAM DETECTORS
UL /FM / APPROVED
IR FLAME DETECTORS
SOLAR BLIND EMBER, FIRE
UL /FM / APPROVED
ANALOG LINEAR HEAT SENSING CABLE
11.
A) WITH METAL BRAID STEEL/BRONZE,
COPPER
B) WITH NYLON BRAID
UL /FM / APPROVED
DIGITAL LINEAR HEAT SENSING CABLE
KIDDE / L.G.M / PATOL
A) WITH NYLON BRAID
B) WITH METAL BRAID STEEL,
BRONZE, COPPER .
UL /FM / APPROVED
CONTROL UNIT FOR DIGITAL LHS
CABLE
UL /FM / APPROVED
VIDEO DISPLAY UNIT INCLUDING CPU,
PC, MONITOR, PRINTER ETC.
DELL / HP / HCL / WIPRO / IBM
COMPATIBLE.
9.
12
13
14
SIREN
CABLES
A: FOR DETECTOR CABLING
(I)
IMPORTED
(II)
KIDDE / L.G.M / PATOL.
BELDON / SOUTHWEST / ALPHA
INDIGENOUS
POWER CABLE
16
SIGNAL CABLE
17
M.S.CONDUIT AS PER IS-9537-PART-II1981
GI CONDUITS
ROAD CROSSING G.I PIPES
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
ODTI / PATOL / DET-TRONIX /
SPECTREX
KHERAJ / BEMCO / TULU
15
18
19
EDWARDS / NOTIFIER / SIMPLEX
FINOLEX / DELTON / UNIVERSAL /
NICCO / POLYCAB / FORTGLOSTER
/ HAVELLS
FINOLEX / DELTON / UNIVERSAL /
NICCO / POLYCAB / FORTGLOSTER
/ HAVELLS
USHA BELTON / HCL / DELTON /
VINDHYA TELELINK
NICCO / BHARAT / ZENITH / BEC
/ CENTURY
BEC / NICCO / ZENITH
NICCO / TATA / JINDAL
Preferred Makes
Page 23 of 37
GS-13
General Technical Specification
1. ELECTRONICS CORPORATION
OF INDIA LTD,
2. TECHNICAL TRADE LINKS PVT.
LTD.
3. GUNNEBO INDIA LTD.,
4. MATHER & PLATT PUMPS (I) LTD.
5. M/S AGNICE FIRE PROTECTION
LIMITED.
20
F.D.A SYSTEM SUPPLIERS
6. M/S TECHNICO (INDIA) PVT.
LIMITED.
7. NOTIFIER.
8. SIEMENS.
9. TECHNO FIRE.
10. NEW FIRE.
11. TYCO FIRE & SECURITY.
21
ELECTRONIC PRIVATE AUTOMATIC
BRANCH TELEPHONE EXCHANGE
(EPABX) SUPPLIERS
1. M/S INDIAN TELEPHONE
INDUSTRIES LIMITED.
2. M/S AVAYA GLOBAL CONNECT
LIMITED.
3. M/S SIEMENS LIMITED.
4. M/S ALCATEL.
5. M/S B.P.L TELECOM PVT.
LIMITED.
6. M/S CROMPTION GREAVES
LIMITED.
7. ERICSSON.
1. M/S E.C.I.L.
2. M/S NELCO LIMITED.
22
C.C.T.V SYSTEM SUPPLIERS
3. M/S DATAMATICS INFORMATION
TECHNOLOGY LIMITED.
4. M/S PHILIPS/BOSCH
5. M/S PELCO
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Preferred Makes
Page 24 of 37
GS-13
General Technical Specification
23
LOUD SPEAKER TALK BACK(LSTB) /
LOUD SPEAKER
INTERCOMMUNICATION(LSIS)
SYSTEMS SUPPLIERS
1. M/S POWER SYSTEMS.
2. PHI-AUDIOCOM.
3.M/S MOTAWANE PRIVATE LIMITED
1. DELTON CABLES.
24
TELEPHONE CABLE SUPPLIERS
2. TELE-LINK NICCO.
3. FINOLEX.
25
26
07.
FIBRE OPTIC (F.O) CABLE.
MOLEX/LUCENT/AMPHINOL/BIRLA
ERRICSSON/OPTEL.
V.H.F SYSTEM
MOTORALA/ YEASU/SIMOCO/ADINO
INSTRUMENTATION
Sl.
No.
ITEM DESCRIPTION
PREFERRED MAKES
A.
Field Instruments:
1.
Pressure / Differential Pressure gauge
:
2.
Pressure
switches.
:
3.
Pressure / Differential Pressure
Transmitters
:
Emerson (Rosemount), Chemtrols (Fuji), Honeywell,
Yokogawa, Siemens , ABB
4.
Temperature gauges
:
WIKA, Manometer India, A.N. Instruments, General
instruments,
Waaree
instruments,
GE
gauges,
Walchandnagar, Precision Industries.
5.
Thermocouple & RTD / thermowell
:
General Instruments, Nagman Instruments, Toshniwal
/
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Differential
Pressure
WIKA, Manometer India, A.N. Instruments, Precision
Industries, General Instruments, Waaree instruments,
Forbes Marshall, Walchandnagar (Tiwac) , Hirlekar (DP
gauge)
Ifm. WIKA, Kasturba (Orion-Ashcroft),Switzer, Indfoss,
Vasutech,
Preferred Makes
Page 25 of 37
GS-13
General Technical Specification
Sl.
No.
ITEM DESCRIPTION
PREFERRED MAKES
Industries, Tempsens, Pyro-electric Instruments, Industrial
Instrumentation, Altop, Waree, Detriv.
6.
Temperature Switch
:
WIKA, Manometer India, A.N.Instruments,
Instruments, Indfoss, Switzer, Vasutech.
7.
Temperature transmitter
:
Emerson (Rosemount), Yokogawa, Honeywell, Siemens,
Fuji (Chemtrols,) , ABB
8.
Rotameters
:
Krohne-Marshall, Instrumentation engineers,
Eureka instruments. Chemtrols, Rota Instruments.
9.
Orifice Plate & flanges Assembly/
Venturi , Flow nozzle
:
Engineering Specialities, Micro-precision, Hydropneumatics, Chemtrols-Samil, Instrumentation ltd,
10.
DP type Flow / Level Transmitters
:
Emerson (Rosemount), Chemtrols (Fuji), Honeywell,
Yokogawa, Siemens , ABB
11.
Flow Switch
:
Ifm. , Krohne-Marshall, Switzer, Levcon, D.K. Instruments,
12.
Electromagnetic flow meter
:
Yokogawa, Emerson (Rosemount), Krohne-Marshall,
Endress & Hauser, ABB.
13.
Vortex Flow meter
:
Emerson(Rosemount), Krohne -Marshall, Yokogawa,
Vortex Instruments
14.
Mass (coriolis) flow meter
Emerson (Rosemount) , Yokogawa, Krohne –Marshall,
ABB, Endress & Hauser, Rockwin.
15.
Level gauge (magnetic & reflex type)
Chemtrol, Levcon Instruments, Pratolina Instruments,
Waaree Instruments, Forbes Marshall, Techtrol, Sigma,
Asian Industrial Valves & Instruments.
16.
Level Switch (Conductivity type)
:
Chemtrol (Vega), Endress & Hauser, Switzer Instruments,
SB Electro-mechanical, Techtrol, Nivo Controls, LevelTech
17.
Level Switch (Capacitance/RF type)
:
Chemtrol (Vega), Endress & Hauser, Switzer Instruments,
SB Electro-mechanical, Techtrol, Nivo Controls, LevelTech
18.
Level Switch (Tuning fork/ Rod type)
:
Chemtrol (Vega), Endress & Hauser, S.B. Electromechanical, ,Nivo Controls
19.
Level Switch (Float type)
:
Emerson,Trac, Chemtrols, Forbes Marshall, D K
Instruments, Levcon Instruments, Techtrol , V-Automat,
Warree
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Preferred Makes
Page 26 of 37
GS-13
General
Trac,
General Technical Specification
Sl.
No.
ITEM DESCRIPTION
PREFERRED MAKES
20.
Level Switch/ Transmitter (Displacer
type)
:
Emerson, Chemtrols (Eckard), Trac, D K Instruments,
Levcon Instruments,
21.
Level Switch/ Transmitter (Ultrasonic
type)
:
Chemtrol (Vega) , Endress & Hauser, Krohne Marshall,
Siemens (Miltronics) ,Toshbro controls (Enraf)
22.
Level Switch/ Transmitter (Radar type)
:
Chemtrol (Vega) , Emerson (Rosemount), , Endress &
Hauser ,Toshbro controls (Enraf), Krohne- Marshall
23.
Level Switch/ Transmitter (Nucleonic
type)
:
Concord International (Dr. Berthold), Emerson (Kay Ray),
ECIL.
24.
Level switch (Electro- mech type)
:
Nivo Controls,
mechanicals.
25.
Control valve
:
Fisher-Xomox ,Instrumentation Ltd, Dresser Industries
(Masoneilan) , Valtek, Samson Controls(Globe type),
Forbes Marshall ( Arca ), ABB, Fouress, Tyco valves
(Keystone- Butterfly), MIL Controls, Dembla
26.
Electrical Actuator
:
Auma, Limitorque, Marsh, Instrumentation Ltd
Endress
&
Hauser,
S.B.
Electro-
( Bernard), Rotork, Keystone.
27.
Pneumatic Actuator
:
Fisher-Xomox , Instrumentation Ltd., Dresser Industries
(Masoneilan), Valtek, Samson Controls, ABB, MIL
Controls, Forbes Marshall (Arca), Keystone, Virgo,
Habonim Vaas..
28.
Electro-hydraulic actuator
:
Reineke, Askania
29.
Self- regulating pressure control valve
:
Samson Controls, Nirmal Industries, Forbes Marshall,
Instrumentation Ltd.
30.
I/P converters
:
Shreyas-Barton, Fisher –Xomox, Forbes Marshall (Moore
products), Marsh-Bellofram, MIL controls, ABB, Watson –
Smith.
31.
Pneumatic Positioner,
:
Instrumentation Ltd., Fisher-Xomox , Dresser Industries
(Masoneilan), Samson Controls, Forbes Marshall ( Arca),
ABB, Fouress, MIL,
32.
Electro- pneumatic positioner
33.
Solenoid Valve
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Fisher-Xomox, ,Siemens, Dresser Industries (Masoneilan),
Samson Controls, Instrumentation Ltd., Forbes Marshall
(Arca), ABB, Fouress, MIL controls.
:
Burkert, Herion, Rotex, Schrader-Schovill, Jucomatic,
Avcon, .Asco
Preferred Makes
Page 27 of 37
GS-13
General Technical Specification
Sl.
No.
34.
B.
ITEM DESCRIPTION
Air filter regulator
PREFERRED MAKES
:
Shavo-Norgren,
Schovill.
Marsh-Bellofram,
Placka,
Schrader-
Control room Instrumentation
1.
Distributed Control System (DCS)
:
Yokogawa (CS 3000), Honeywell (Experion +C 300), ABB
(AC 800 XA), Emerson (Delta V), Siemens (PCS 7+
S7400H).
2.
Programmable Logic Controllers.
:
Refer Electrical list.
3.
Digital Indicator
:
Pyrotech Electronics, Lectrotek, Chino-Laxsons, Micro
systems, Master Electronics, Masibus Instruments,
Ranutrol, Honeywell.
4.
Bargraph Indicator
:
Chino-Laxsons , Masibus Instruments , Pyrotech
Electronics, Lectrotek, Teletherm. Ranutrol
5.
Recorders (Chart Less)
:
Eurotherm,
Yokogawa,
Siemens, ABB.
6.
Microprocessor based controller
:
Yokogawa, Siemens, Honeywell, Eurotherm, Fuji, ABB,
Forbes Marshall,Toshiba
7.
Digital scanners
:
Lectrotek, Micro systems, Master Electronics, MB controls,
Masibus Instruments, Procon.
8.
DC Power Supply Unit
:
Aplab, Elnova,Siemens, Phoenix, Schneider,
9.
IS Interface/Zenner Barrier
10.
Signal isolators
:
Pepperl & Fuchs, MTL, Stahl, Yokogawa, Forbes Marshall
(Protech), Chino-Laxsons, Phoenix
11.
Annunciation system
:
IIC, Procon, Micro Systems & Controls, Minilec,
Instrumentation Ltd, Lectrotek, Piri systems, Pyrotech
Electronics, MB controls & Systems Semuda.
12.
Instrument Panels/ Control Desk
:
Rittal, Pyrotech, Radha Krishna Controls, Instrumentation
Ltd.
13.
Instrumentation Cable
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Chino-laxsons,
Honeywell,
Pepperl & Fuchs, MTL, Stahl
Universal Cables, Delton, Thermopads, KEI industries,
Paramount Cables, Lapp cables, Cords cables, Uniflex
cables, Brooks Cables, Elkay Telelinks, Rajnigandha,
Special Cables, TCL Cables, Friends Cable, Daksha
Cable, Crystal Cables,
Udey Pyro-Cables, Elkay
Telelinks, Fort Gloster
Preferred Makes
Page 28 of 37
GS-13
General Technical Specification
Sl.
No.
ITEM DESCRIPTION
PREFERRED MAKES
14.
Thermocouple Compensating Cable
C.
Analytical / Special Instruments
1.
Gas analysis Instruments
2.
Gas Detectors
3.
Calorific Value (CV) analyzers
:
Reineke, Union. Yokogawa
4.
Moisture Analyzers (Nucleonic)
:
Concord International (Dr. Berthold), Emerson (Analytical)
5.
ORP/PH/ Conductivity meter /
Transmitter
:
Emerson (Analytical), Forbes Marshall (Polymetron),
Yokogawa, ABB, Ion Exchange, Honeywell.
6.
Moisture Sensor & Transmitter
:
Invensys (Foxboro), Bartec, GE-Panametrics
7.
Flame Detector
:
Honeywell, Durag Instruments
8.
Vibration sensors & monitors
:
Bentley Nevada, Schenck -Avery, Josts Engineering
(Bruel & Kjaer), SPM Instruments, , Mechanalysis India
(IRD).
9.
Positive Displacement meter
:
Toshbro controls.(Bopp & Reuther), Forbes Marshall (
Moorco products), Liquid Controls, Emerson.
10.
Annubar / Flow tube
:
Emerson, Switzer Instruments.
11.
Infrared radiation pyrometer
:
Land, Chino-Laxsons, Toshniwal (Raytek), Ircon, Nagman
(Wahl),
12.
Dip lance type Molten metal
temperature measurement system
T/C Tips
:
Ardee Enterprise ( Electronite) , Ferrotran
13.
Slag detection system
:
Elof Hanson (EMLI), Land.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
:
Toshniwal Cables, General Instruments, Paramount
Cables, Udey pyro-cables, Cords cables, Brooks, Daksha
Cables, Friends Cable.
:
ABB (H&B), MSA, Emerson, Siemens, Chemtrols
(Maihak), Forbes Marshall, Fuji, Beiler & lang (COMonitor), Honeywell, Yokogawa.
Beiler & lang (CO-Monitor), Dragger, Oldham, Industrial
Scientific Corporation, Detronics.
&
Preferred Makes
Page 29 of 37
GS-13
General Technical Specification
Sl.
No.
ITEM DESCRIPTION
14.
SPM analyser
15.
SOx- NOx analyser
08.
PREFERRED MAKES
Emerson, Yokogawa, Durag, ABB, Honeywell, Forbes
Marshall (Codel).
Forbes Marshall, Emerson, Yokogawa, ABB, Honeywell
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM
1.
Steel pipes
-
SAIL, ITC, JINDAL, Ajanta, Maharastra
Seamless, Prakash Tubes Gujarat Steel
tubes,
2.
Steel pipes fittings
-
Tube Bends, Jindal, Ajanta Shivananda,
EBY Industries.
3.
Spray nozzles/Projectors -
4.
Deluge valves
-
Mather & Platt, ACE turnkey, Vijay Fire
Protection System Ltd, HD Fire.
5.
Outside coating& Wrapping
for pipes
-
Llyods/STP
6.
Quartzoid bulb detector
-
H.D. Fire Protect Co., Mather &
Platt, Any other TAC approved
make
7.
Diesel Engine
:
Kirloskar-Cummins, CromptonGreaves, Ashok Leyland
8.
Fire extinguishers
:
New Fire, VIPL, Zenith, ASCO
Strumech
9.
Fixed fire protection system
-
New Age, Agnice, Vijay
Industries& Project , Lloyds
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Laxmi sprinklers, Reliable, Avon, Mather
and Platt, HD Fire.
Preferred Makes
Page 30 of 37
GS-13
General Technical Specification
10.
09.
Passive Fire protection
Insulation, Techno Fire Controls
New Fire Engineers
Llyod, 3M, Vijay System, Signum
BOF GCP EQUIPMENTS:Following equipment/supplies specific to BOF-Gas Cleaning Plant shall be
manufactured by any of the following vendors listed below:-
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Preferred Makes
Page 31 of 37
GS-13
General Technical Specification
SL.
NO.
EQUIPMENT
VENDOR/MANUFACTURER
1.
Hood, Stack and Lance
sealing device
ISGEC, ACC-BABCOCK (ABL), BHPVL, L & T
2.
Hood traverse carriage, Stack
inspection device, Hood
bottom closure device
L&T, WMI CRANES, JESSOP, MUKAND
3.
Pressure vessels
ISGEC, ABL, BHPVL, TSL, KAVERI ENGG.
- Expansion vessel, Mixing
drum, Make-up water tank,
Sample cooler, Blow-down
& drainage expansion tanks
and Emergency spray
vessel
4.
Additive feeding system
BEEKAY, SIMPLEX, MUKAND
5.
Gas holder
MICCO, SMS-DEMAG, CLAYTON – WALKER
6.
Fabricated gas ducts (Dia>
1200 mm), Trestles/Duct
Supports, Flare stack
structure Walkways/Accesses
BEEKAY, ROURKELA FABRICATION,
BHARAT WEST – FALIA, SUBURBAN ENGG.,
KM UDYOG, OTTO, APV
7.
Electrostatic precipitator (wet
type)
VOLTAS, OTTO, ORIENT, ANDREW YULE
8.
ID fan
NEU (France), JAMES HOWDEN (UK),
ROTHEMUHLE (Germany), DONKIN (UK),
FLAKTWOODS
9.
Centrifugal horizontal CW
pumps
INGERSOLL, SULZER
Fabricated equipments
NHEC, BHPVL, KCP, BINNY ENGG. WORKS,
ABL, ISGEC, OTTO
-
Stack
cover
plate,
Saturator, Hydraulic seal
Recycling
tank,
Convergent/Divergent
ducts,
Changeover
device, Hydraulic nonreturn valve, Condensate
seal pots, Sump cover
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Preferred Makes
Page 32 of 37
GS-13
General Technical Specification
-
For
any
other
equipment/supplies
which
are
not
covered
above,
the
make/manufacturer’s name shall be mutually agreed between Purchaser /Consultant
and the successful Tenderer.
10.
INFORMATION SYSTEM
Preferred Makes for Level-II automation
Server Computers
:
IBM/HP/SUN
Client Computers (PC)
:
IBM/Lenovo/HP-Compaq/DELL
Network Equipment
• Active components
• Passive components
:
:
CISCO
LUCENT/AMP
Application software including
Process control models
:
Technology Supplier
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Preferred Makes
Page 33 of 37
GS-13
General Technical Specification
11. FLUID
SYSTEMS & PIPING ENGG (LUBRICATION & HYDRAULICS)
PREFERRED MAKE OF ITEMS
SL.
NO.
ITEM
1
Piston / Vane Pumps &
Hydraulic Motors
2
Gear Pump
3
Screw Pump
4
5
6
7
Centrifugal Pump for
Descaling System
Piston Pump for Descaling
System
Centrifugal Pump (12 Bar &
below)
Submersible Type Sump
Pump
8
Grease Lubrication System
9
Oil Lubrication System
10
Air Oil System
11
Air Controls
12
Hydraulic Proportional Valve
13
14
15
16
16.3
Hydraulic System
Hydraulic Control Valve
Hydraulic Servo Valve
Manual Valves
Manual Gate / Globe Valves
with & without gear for High
Pressure application
Manual Gate / Globe Valves
with & without for Low
Pressure application (16 Bar
and Low)
Butterfly Valve
16.4
Ball Valve
16.5
Check Valve (Disc Type) –
16.1
16.2
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
MAKE
Rexroth / Parker / Kawasaki /
Eaton
Del Pd Pumps (ROTODEL) /
Tushaco / Rexroth / Parker / Alfa
IMO / Allwiler / Nortek
AREA
Hydraulics
Hydraulics / Oil
Lubrication
Hydraulics / Oil
Lubrication
KSB / Halberg / Wier
Descaling
Uraca / Wepuko / Hauhinco
Descaling
KSB / Kirloskar / Voltas / Mather &
Platt / Beacon / Wier
Water
KSB / Flygt / Grundfos
Sump
Lincoln Helios / Bijur Delimon /
Nortek
Lincoln Helios / Shaan Lube
Rebs / Dropsa / Bijur Delimon /
Nortek
Rotex, / Schrader Duncan / Shavo
Norgren / Nucon / Ross / SMC /
Rexroth / Parker
Rexroth / Parker / Eaton / Yuken
(Japan)
Rexroth / Parker / Eaton / Yuken
Rexroth / Parker / Eaton / Yuken
Moog / Rexroth
KSB / BHEL / AUDCO / BDK
Grease
Oil Lubrication
Air-Oil Lubrication
Pneumatics
Hydraulics
Oil Lubrication /
Descaling
KSB / BHEL / VIRGO / AUDCO /
BDK / Fouress / Akay
AUDCO / VIRGO / BDK
AUDCO / FOURESS / BDK /
VIRGO /
AUDCO / BDK / FOURESS
Preferred Makes
Page 34 of 37
GS-13
General Technical Specification
SL.
NO.
16.6
16.7
16.8
17
ITEM
Low Pressure
Check Valve ( Spring
Loaded) – Low Pressure
Check Valve (Spring Loaded)
– High Pressure
Check Valve (Disc Type) –
High Pressure
Control Valve for oil
lubrication system
19
Spray Valve for Descaling
System
Air Release Valve
20
Air / Gas Safety Relief Valve
18
MAKE
AUDCO / BDK / FOURESS
AUDCO / BDK
AUDCO / BDK
Forbes Marshall / Samsung /
Fisher / RK Controls / Nirmal
Industrial Controls
Oil Lubrication
Hunt / Elwood
Descaling
Upadhyay / Steam & Mining / BDK
Moorco / L & T / Fainger /
Mankenberg
Water
L& T / Virgo / Rotex / AVCON
Oil Lubrication
Christie / Hydac / Parker / EPE
Hydraulics
Christie / Hydac / Parker / EPE
Hydraulics
WSR / BHPV / ISGEC
Descaling
Hydraulics
Hydraulics
25
26
Actuators for operating
Valves
Accumulator with safety shut
off block
Accumulator Charging Kit
Accumulator for Descaling
System
Pressure Filter
Return Filter
27
Basket Filter
28
Auto Back wash Filter
29
Basket Strainer for water
30
HP Compressor
Hydac / Pall / Internormen / Parker
Hydac / Pall / Internormen / Parker
Internormen / Hydac / Pall / Ball
Filters
Ball & Kirch, / Hydac / Fluid
engineering
Superflo / Hydac / EPE /
Internormen / Multitex
Ingersoll Rand / Aerotechnic Coltri
31
Heat Exchanger
Alfa Laval / Indswep / Tranter
32
Level Indicator Switch
Sigma / Levcon / Shridhan /
Magnetrol / Buhler / Tectral /
WEKA / Peneberthy / Kobold
33
Pressure Gauge &
Temperature Gauge
A.N. Instruments / H.Guru / Wika /
Forbes Marshal / Stauff / Hydac /
kobold
34
Pressure Switch
Rexroth / Switzer / Hydac / Parker /
Dadfoss (Indfoss) / Kobold
35
Differential Pressure
Fisher Rosemount / Forbes
21
22
23
24
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
AREA
Preferred Makes
Page 35 of 37
Descaling
Oil Lubrication
Descaling / Water
Hydraulics / Oil
Lubrication
Descaling
Hydraulics / Oil
Lubrication
Hydraulics / Oil
Lubrication /
Descaling
Hydraulics / Oil
Lubrication /
Descaling / Utility
Services
Hydraulics / Oil
Lubrication /
Descaling
Descaling
GS-13
General Technical Specification
SL.
NO.
ITEM
Transmitter
36
Thermostat
37
Differential Pressure Gauge
cum Switch
38
Pressure Transmitter
39
Temperature Transmitter
39
Flow Switch
40
41
Flowmeter cum Totaliser
Pipes / Tubes
41.1
Carbon Steel Seamless Pipes
/ Tubes
41.2
Stainless Steel Seamless
Pipes / Tubes
41.3
Carbon Steel ERW - SAW
Pipes / Tubes
MAKE
Marshall
Hydraulics / Oil
Lubrication /
Descaling
Hydraulics / Oil
Switzer / Danfoss / Indfoss / Hydac Lubrication /
Descaling
Hydac / Forbes Marshall
Hydraulics
Hydac / Forbes Marshall / Kobold /
Johnson Control /
Switzer / Hydac / Stauff / Verma
Trafag / Johnson Control / Kobold
Forbes Marshall / Stauff / Kobold /
Rockwin / SMC / HYLOC / Flow
Mon
Rockwin / Forbes Marshall
Jindal / Ratnamani / Maharashtra
Seamless / MJ Patel / Indian
Seamless / Gandhi Special Tubes /
BHEL
Jindal / Choksi Tubes / Ratnamani /
MJ Patel
Maharashtra Seamless / MJ Patel /
Gandhi Special Tubes / SAIL /
Jindal Saw / Ratnamani / Surya
Roshni / MAN / Wellspun
Hyd-air / Hyloc Hydoitechnic / MS
Fittings / NL Hazra / Project Tooling
Systems / Tube Bend / Parker /
AVIT / Zest Technologies
42
Pipes / Tubes Fittings
43
Clamps (Polypropylene
Clamp, U-Bolts)
Project Tooling Systems / Stauff /
Hydair
44
Hose with end fittings
Hydrokrimp / Indo-industrial /
Hydrolines / Superseals / Parker
45
Flanges
Echjay / NL Hazra / MS Fittings
46
SAE Flange
AVIT / Parker / Hyloc / Stauff
47
Electrical Heater
Escorts / Alco / Helios
48
Air Breathers
Internormen / Parker / Hydac
49
Portable Filter Unit
Internormen / Hydac / Rexroth /
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
AREA
Preferred Makes
Page 36 of 37
Oil Lubrication /
Descaling
Hydraulics / Oil
Lubrication /
Descaling
Hydraulics / Oil
Lubrication /
Descaling
Hydraulics / Oil
Lubrication /
Descaling
Hydraulics / Oil
Lubrication /
Descaling
Hydraulics / Oil
Lubrication /
Descaling
Hydraulics
Hydraulics / Oil
Lubrication
Hydraulics / Oil
Lubrication
Hydraulics
GS-13
General Technical Specification
SL.
NO.
ITEM
MAKE
Parker
PALL / Hydac / Internorman /
Parker
50
Contamination Analysis Kit
51
Centrifuge
Alfa Laval / Westfalia
52
Vacuum Dehydrator
Filtervac / Pall / Parker / Nortek
53
Electrostatic Liquid Cleaner
Mobile Motorised PumpMotor-Filter Unit for Oil Filling
Chain Pulley Blocks & Hand
Operating Traveling Cranes
KLEENTEK / Ferrocare
PALL / Hydac / Internorman /
Parker
56
Spray Nozzles
Lechler / Spraying system
57
58
Nitrogen Booster Station
Water in Oil detector
59
Lubricating oil
60
Hydraulic oil
61
Flushing Oil
62
Grease
63
Expansion Joint
Hydac / Parker
IMA / Parker / UCC
Indian oil / HP / BP / Castrol / Mobil
Exxon
Indian oil / HP / BP / Castrol /
Mobile Exxon
Indian oil / HP / BP / Castrol /
Mobile Exxon
Indian oil / HP / BP / Castrol /
Balmer Lourie
ESBI / STANFLEX / ELAFLEX
54
55
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Batliboi / Moris / WH Brady & Co.
Preferred Makes
Page 37 of 37
AREA
Hydraulics
Hydraulics / Oil
Lubrication
Hydraulics / Oil
Lubrication
Hydraulics
Hydraulics / Oil
Lubrication
Hydraulics / Oil
Lubrication
Descaling / Gear
boxes
Hydraulics
GS-13
STEEL STRUCTURES
&
AUXILIARY FACILITIES
(CHAPTER-04)
STEEL AUTHORITY OF INDIA LIMITED
BHILAI STEEL PLANT
GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
SUPPLY, FABRICATION, ERECTION
SHEETING & PAINTING OF
STEEL STRUCTURES
(GS – 04)
MECON LIMITED
RANCHI - 834002
No. MEC/S/1901/11/38/0/00/00/F1889/R2
JULY, 2007
General Technical Specification
CONTENTS
Sl.No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
Description
Content sheet
Amendment sheet
General Description of Work
Scope of Work
Design of Building Structures
Design of Conveyor galleries & Junction
Houses
Pipe Line Supporting Structures
Steel Chimney
Standardisation and Uniformity
Fabrication of Steel Structures
Erection of Structures
Welding Specifications
Painting of Building Steel Structures
General Requirements
Inspection of Structures
Quality System and Third Party Inspection
Permissible Deviations in Assembly of
Welded Joints
Permissible Deviations in Erection and
Fabrication
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 1 of 83
Page No.
1
2
3,4
4 to 6
6 to 19
20 to 25
25 ,26
28
29
30 to 42
42 to 50
50 to 56
56 to 60
60 to 62
62 to 64
64 to 71
71,72
72 to 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
AMENDMENT SHEET
Sl. No.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Description
Page No.
Structural
Page 2 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
SECTION : 1
GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF WORK
1.1 The general specifications for structural works furnished herein are intended
as guidelines for execution of the works satisfying the Owner’s requirements
as also complying with all technical norms in totality. This specification is to
cover the design, preparation of design drawings and fabrication drawings,
supply of all labour as well as materials and construction of all structural
work on a turnkey basis for the Project / Works as described in the general
conditions of contract.
1.2
Description of various items of work under this specification and nature of
work in detail are given hereinafter. The complete work under this scope
is referred to as STRUCTURAL WORKS. The detailed scope of works
covered under Structural works is given in Section -2.
1.3
The work to be performed under this specification consists of design,
engineering , supply, fabrication, erection and cladding, as well as
providing all labour, materials, consumables, equipment, temporary
works, temporary labour and staff colony, constructional plant, fuel
supply, transportation and all incidental items not shown or specified but
reasonably implied or necessary for the completion and proper
functioning of the plant, all in strict accordance with the specifications,
including revisions and amendments thereto as may be required during
the execution of the work.
1.4 Supply of all materials including structural steel, roof cladding & sidecladding sheets, fasteners, paints, consumables like gas, electrodes etc.
and all other materials as deemed necessary for proper completion of the
work, are included in the scope of the Contractor.
1.5 The work shall be carried out according to the design/drawings to be
developed by the Contractor and approved by the Owner/Consultant.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 3 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
For all buildings and structures, necessary layout and details are to be
developed by the Contractor keeping in view the statutory & functional
requirements of the plant and facilities and providing enough space and
access for operation, use and maintenance.
Certain minimum
requirements are indicated in this specification for guidance purpose
only.
However, the Contractor’s offer shall cover the complete
requirements as per the best prevailing practices and to the complete
satisfaction of the Owner.
1.6
Contractor shall inspect the site, examine and obtain all information
required and satisfy himself regarding matters and things such as access
to site, communications, transport, right of way, the type and number of
equipment and facilities required for the work, availability of local labour,
materials and their rates, local working conditions, weather, tidal / flood
levels, subsoil conditions, natural drainage, etc. Ignorance of the site
conditions shall not be accepted by the Owner as basis for any claim for
compensation or extension of time. The submission of a bid by the
Contractor will be construed as evidence that such an examination was
made and any later claims / disputes in regard to price quoted shall not
be entertained or considered by the Owner on account of ignorance of
prevailing site conditions.
1.7. Contractor shall comply with all the applicable statutory rules pertaining
to Factory act, Fire safety rule of Loss prevention association, Water act
for Pollution control, Explosives act etc. Provisions of Safety, health and
welfare according to Factories act shall also be complied with. Statutory
clearances and norms of State Pollution Control Board shall be followed.
Statutory body /Act requirements shall be fulfilled by the Contractor and
in case any modifications /additions to the building /Structures are to be
made as per the above, shall be carried out by the Contractor at no extra
cost to the Owner.
SECTION - 2
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
SCOPE OF WORK
Structural
Page 4 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
2.0.
The scope of work shall cover , but shall not be exclusively limited to,
the following :
- collection of all site related data & conducting site investigations,
- design, preparation of all design drawings, fabrication drawings,
- obtaining Owner’s/Consultant’s approval on general arrangements and
design of structures
- dismantling, retrieval, sorting and storing of any existing structures as
directed by the owner, if dismantling is a part of the total work
- supply of all materials viz, raw steel, sheeting for roof and side
cladding, and paints
- supply of fasteners like bolts, nuts, washers etc
-
supply of consumables like electrodes for welding, gases for gas
cutting etc
- supply of plant & machinery, tools tackles, instruments for fabrication
and erection
- providing facilities for testing of materials and conducting NDT
- providing facilities for transport and handling
- deploying requisite skilled and unskilled manpower
- making arrangements for all services like approach to site, electricity,
water etc
- fabrication of structures , their transport and proper storing at site
- erection of structures, claddings, gutters, down pipes etc
- application of paints at shop after fabrication and at site after erection
- providing all reasonable facilities for inspection by Owner/Consultant
- conducting NDT as stipulated by the Owner and making test results
available to Owner / Consultant for evaluation
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 5 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
- compliance with primary acceptance tests / inspection, liquidation of
defects ; compliance with final acceptance tests / inspection, liquidation
of defects;
- carrying out field-engineering decisions as desired by the Owner
- preparation of “As Built” drawings for all the structures
and hand over to the Owner the completed structural work to
the Owner’s full satisfaction .
- supply of all loading data for RCC foundation, layout drawing, HD bolt
insert details and all other necessary information for requirement of
Foundation/ RCC work , where future expansion is envisaged , the
successful contractor shall furnish load data separately for present and
future construction.
- any other work deemed incidental for the completion of the overall
work but not included in the above detailed scope.
SECTION – 3
3.0
DESIGN OF BUILDING STRUCTURES
General
This specification shall apply to steel work in building and general structural steel
work. For technological structures, additional stipulations shall be considered
as per technical requirements.
3.1
3.1.0
3.1.01
Design considerations
General
Structures shall be designed such that they are economical and safe and meet
the functional and service requirement of the technological process for which
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 6 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
they are designed. The architectural planning of the building shall be based on
technological requirements.
3.1.02
The structures shall be designed conforming to the relevant safety regulations,
Factory Acts, Electricity Rules and stipulations of Statutory bodies as
applicable to the project.
3.1.03
Natural ventilation shall be provided ensuring that it does not permit rain water
entry into the building. Scope of natural lighting shall be used to the maximum
possible extent.
3.1.04
Mild steel gutters and down-pipes with gutter outlets having grating cover shall
be provided to carry rain water from roofs of buildings to the drainage system
at ground level. All gutters shall be designed as walkable with 600 mm sole
width.
3.1.05
Adequate facilities in the form of monorails, hoists, platforms etc. shall be
provided to facilitate repair and maintenance of overhead cranes, equipment,
etc. Access to these platforms shall be provided by stairs / ladders from the
nearest accessible floor or platform.
3.1.06
Access to all floors, gangways and landings shall be by staircases. Access to
platforms and landing of secondary importance or where such access is used
only rarely, shall be by vertical ladders with safety hoops.
Roofs with access shall be provided with safety handrails along the periphery
of the roof.
3.1.07
3.1.08
Edges of floors, gangways, stairs and landings shall be provided with safety
hand railings.
3.1.09
At gable ends of buildings, platforms shall be provided connecting the
walkways at crane gantry level.
Floors, gangways and landings shall be covered as follows :
3.1.10
a)
Gangways and landings shall have chequered plate with a minimum thickness
of 6mm o/p suitably stiffened to meet design load requirements.
b)
Floors and operating platforms other than the above shall have chequered
plate flooring or hot dip galvanised open gratings , or RCC slab resting on
steel structural framework , to suit the technological requirements.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 7 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
3.1.11
Protective metal heat shields shall be provided for steel structures exposed to
continuous heat radiation of temperature exceeding 150 °C and also where
hot metal splashing on structures is likely to occur.
3.1.12
All buildings and their foundations shall be designed so that it shall be possible
to extend them in the longitudinal direction at a later date without further
strengthening of gable structures. Provision for transverse extension ,if any ,
shall also be made at the initial stage.
3.1.13
Sheeting on sides and gables shall generally terminate 3.0 m above ground
floor level unless required to be otherwise. Sides below this level shall be
generally screened by brick walls allowing sufficient air inlet to achieve natural
ventilation, unless otherwise required from technological / ventilation
requirements.
3.1.14 Connection by permanent bolts to structural elements subject to vibration shall be
provided with lock nuts.
3.1.15 For Analysis/ design of steel structural frame work STAAD PRO soft ware shall be
used . CD of input files shall be submitted to purchaser / consultant along with the
hard copy of the document.
3.2
Elements of Structures
3.2.01
Columns
a)
At the location of passage/opening through columns web shall be suitably
strengthened by vierendeel panel or modified lattice system.
b)
Shear force at the column base shall be resisted either by shear keys
shop-welded to the underside of column base plates or by welding base plate
to inserts provided in foundation.
c)
The level of underside of column base shall be so chosen such that the
complete anchor table lies below the finished floor level, thus keeping the
shop floor free from projections of anchor tables.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 8 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
3.2.02
Crane Girders
a)
Crane girders shall generally be of simply supported design, unless continuous
crane girders are specifically required.
b)
Top flange plate shall be welded to web plate with full penetration butt weld
with fully automatic submerged arc welding. Bottom flange plate shall be
welded to web plate by continuous fillet welds with automatic/semi-automatic
welding.
c)
All intermediate stiffeners shall be fitted against top flange and welded to it by
fillet welds/partial penetration butt welds. These stiffeners shall terminate
short of bottom flange with at least 25 mm gap. The stiffeners shall be fillet
welded to web plate and corners shall be cut suitably to clear thermally
affected area of web to top flange connection.
d)
End bearing stiffener plates of crane girder shall be capable of transmitting the
maximum reactions to the columns. The bearing surface of the bearing plate
shall be planed/machined to ensure full contact.
e)
Tension flange of crane girders shall be stabilised by horizontal latticed
bracings, where required in order to limit the slenderness ratio of the flange to
150.
f)
Generally for girders having span 12m and above, vertical auxiliary girder and
horizontal girder at crane girder bottom flange level shall be provided.
g)
h)
i)
All crane girders shall be checked for fatigue as per IS: 1024 ( latest).
j)
k)
3.2.03
At crane girder level, walkway shall be provided on both sides. Walkway at
column location s shall have minimum clear width of 500mm. Approach by
staircase to this level shall be near the maintenance bay.
All crane girders and their supporting structures shall be designed for loading
from loaded crane in worst position of crab and crane to create most
unfavorable loading condition of the girders. For increase of load due to impact
and crane load combination including lateral surge shall be taken as per
provision of IS 875 ( Part – 2) -1987.
Suitable approach to be provided for tightening of bolts of Crane Rail .
Approach for Crane Rail fixing shall be properly planned for all types of
sections of Crane Girders.
Surge Girder walkways and auxiliary beams.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 9 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
a)
Continuous maintenance walkways with safety hand-railing shall be provided
along each column row adjacent to each crane gantry girder. These
walkways shall be of non-slip plate construction connected to crane girder
top flange by continuous fillet welds. Staircase at every 120m shall be
provided from floor for access to this walkways so that stairs are available
within 60m from any location.
b)
Connections between surge girder and the main columns shall be designed to
resist load due to lateral braking of crane trolley.
c)
On the periphery of the building, full length handrails shall be provided along
the edge of the maintenance walkway at crane girder level.
d) Handrail and its clearance from crane end carriage shall conform to provisions
of relevant safety regulations.
3.2.04
Crane Stops
a)
Crane stops shall be provided at the ends of each crane girder system , or as
required to limit the movement of crane as per technological requirements.
b) Crane stops shall be bolted to crane gantry girder.
c) Only tested rail materials shall be used. Manufacturer’s test certificate, including
chemical analysis shall be supplied.
d) Rails shall be free from twists, pitting, laminations and any other internal and
external defects. The rail shall be straight and the deviation from the
straightness shall not exceed + 1.5mm. If necessary the rail shall be cold
straightened.
e) Unless otherwise specified, the crane rail joint shall be butt-jointed( either by
Thermit or fusion welding) or by fishplates .
f) For Butt-welding the contractor shall take prior approval of the Purchaser
regarding method of edge preparation, welding procedure and sequence of
welding to be done. Edge preparation shall be done by oxyacetylene flame and
shall be neatly finished by chipping and grinding.
g) All position low hydrogen electrodes conforming to IS 814-1991 shall be used
for welding. The rail end shall be pre heated to 250 deg. C before welding. The
electrode shall be preheated as per manufacture’ s instructions. The welded
joint shall be allowed to cool slowly. It is recommended that the initial and
intermediate layers of deposit may be by using ferron V , Superchord or
equivalent. Top 3mm layer shall be deposited with Duroid 2A or equivalent, to
obtain good wearing surface.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 10 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
h) The joints shall be free from kinks, twists etc, and shall be grinded properly after
welding to ensure smooth running of the crane.
i) Method of securing the crane rail to the crane gantry, alignment and expansion
joints , if any, shall be subject to Purchaser’ s approval. The crane rail clips shall
be preferably forged or pressed from steel plates.
3.2.05
Roof Structures
a)
The main supporting element for roof shall be roof trusses provided at uniform
spacing to suit shop layout. Roof shall be provided with adequately sized roof
monitor for natural ventilation, wherever required.
b)
Roof shall have suitable slope to meet technological as well as rainwater
drainage requirements. Hand railings at eaves level and gable ends of the
roof of the building shall be provided.
c)
System of bracings shall be provided in the roof top chord and bottom chord
levels along with longitudinal ties to ensure stability and rigidity of the roof
structures. Vertical bracings between trusses shall also ve provided wherever
required.
d) Galvanised wind tie (45x6 mm flat) shall be provided at the free edge of roof
sheeting.
e) Suitable arrangement of anchors shall be provided at the ridge of roof sheeting
for holding lanyards of safety belts.
3.2.06
Roof lighting walkways
a)
Full length roof lighting walkways, generally 600 mm wide, shall be provided in
each bay as required to match the number of rows of roof lights provided in
the shop as per technological requirement.
b)
These walkways shall span between roof truss members and will be decked
with chequered plate floor. Walkways shall be provided with handrails on both
sides.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 11 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
3.2.07
Roof drainage system
a)
Roof drainage system shall be designed for maximum precipitation for 5
minutes based on local meteorological data. A factor of safety of 1.3 shall be
kept in the design.
b)
All valley and eaves gutters shall be of pressed plate construction with a
minimum sole width of 600 mm so as to function as walkways.
c)
Eaves gutter shall be provided for eaves height ranging between 10 m to
25 m above apron/ground level.
d) The gutters shall be laid to slope towards down-pipes with welded outlets and
having grills fitted flush with gutter sole. Slope of gutters and collector pipes shall
not be flatter than the following limits :
i) Longitudinal slope of gutter
1 : 500
ii) Longitudinal slope of collector pipe 1 : 300
e) Poking holes with cover shall be provided in the down-pipes at suitable intervals
as well as at accessible levels, to clean the down-pipes.
f) Collector pipes shall be provided with covered manholes at 6 m intervals.
g) Eaves gutter shall be provided with safety handrails.
h)
When rain water falls from higher to lower roof, double layer of sheets shall be
provided for the portion of roof sheeting on which rain water falls, provided the
drop of roof is in the range of 3 m to 6 m. In case the drop is more than 6 m,
independent gutter shall be provided.
i) Down pipes shall be spaced preferably at 24 m centres. The down-pipes shall be
connected to the gutter with suitably designed hoppers with gratings at sole
level of gutter, made of 8 mm dia rounds at 50 mm centers.
j) Joints of gutter and collector pipes shall be by welding in order to be leak-proof.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 12 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
3.2.08
Wall Structures
a) Wall runners with necessary sag rod arrangements shall be provided to support
wall and gable sheeting, including internal partition wall, wherever required.
b) Hanging wall posts shall generally terminate at 3.5 m above ground floor level
unless required to be otherwise ( Refer Clause 3.1.13 ).
c)
Gables of buildings shall have wall post spaced at intervals to suit bay width.
d)
Walls shall be provided with louvres and translucent sheeting at appropriate
levels, to provide natural ventilation and lighting.
3.2.09
Floor Frameworks
a) Floor beams supporting vibrating equipment shall be designed to avoid resonant
frequencies. (Refer clause 3.3.01 (c))
b) Beams along-with framework, shall be provided with both horizontal and vertical
bracing (wherever permissible) to achieve overall rigidity.
3.2.10
Vertical bracings
a)
3.2.11
Vertical bracings shall be provided on all column rows for each expansion
block.
b)
Vertical bracings shall extend from ground level to roof level and shall be
designed to transmit longitudinal forces i.e wind forces, crane tractive forces,
seismic forces etc. to the foundation.
c)
Below crane girder level, for two-legged columns, the bracings shall be of
twin system in the plane of each column leg, suitably tied or laced together.
Access staircase, walkways, platforms and ladders.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 13 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
a)
Wherever possible, access shall be provided by means of stairs.
b) All walkways and stairs leading to working platforms shall have minimum 1000
mm width of walkways/flight of stair.
c) All other walkways and stairs leading to areas for maintenance purpose, or due
to restriction of space, shall have a minimum width of 800 mm of
walkway/flight of stair, unless required otherwise.
d) Staircases shall be generally designed with slope of approximate 37.5° with the
horizontal. (in no case the slope shall exceed 40 ° with the horizontal).
Intermediate landings shall be provided wherever required such that vertical
rise of each flight does not exceed 3000 mm. Risers in one flight shall be
equally spaced.
e)
Walkway floors and stair treads shall be designed with chequered plate ( or
non-slip type plates). Ribbed floor/treads may be provided wherever the
possibility of accumulation of dust exists, taking care that such provisions do
not crate a nuisance to the operating personnel on the shop floor.
f)
Rise of treads in staircases shall not exceed 200 mm.
g)
h)
A minimum headroom of 2200 mm shall be provided over operating platforms,
visitor's galleries, or other areas with possibility of public gathering. In all other
platforms, walkways and stairs, a minimum headroom of 2000 mm shall be
provided. Only in special cases, local headroom of 1800 mm may be allowed
(i.e at intersection with structural members etc.).
Cat ladders shall be provided for access, wherever provision of staircase is
impractical due to limitations of space, or the access is required very
infrequently.
i)
Wherever the height of cat ladder exceeds 4.0 m, safety cage shall be provided.
Intermediate landing shall be provided to cat ladders such that vertical height
of single rise does not exceed 8.0 m.
j)
Cat ladders shall be designed with following provisions :
i) Width of rung
ii) Minimum rise of rung
Maximum rise of rung
= 500 mm
= 250 mm
= 300 mm
iii) Minimum clearance from rung of ladder to back of cage (in case of caged
ladders)
= 700 mm
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 14 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
iv) Minimum clearance from the centre of cage all round
= 350 mm
v) Slope of cat-ladders :
I. For normal cat-ladders, slope shall be
horizontal.
within the range of 75°-90° with the
II. For ship-type ladders (i.e cat-ladders with short side handrails) the slope shall
be within the range of 65°-75° with the horizontal.
k)
All walkways, platforms and stairs shall be provided with safety handrails. All
handrails shall be constructed with steel tubes / angles for posts, top and middle
rail and plates/sheets for toe plates. In case of stairs, the toe guards need not
be provided.
l)
The vertical height of hand-railings on walkways and stairs shall be minimum
1000 mm above floor level.
m) Hand-railing along edge of roof and gutters shall have a minimum height of 600
mm over top edge of gutters/sheets. In such hand-railings toe guards need not
be provided. (only top handrail and mid-rail shall be provided).
n)
3.3
Access to roof of the building shall be provided by means of staircases at
midway length of the building. Pair of staircases shall be provided with one at
the near end and the other at far end length of building. Approach to monitor
roof / high bay roof from the roof of the bay approachable by staircases at
midway length of the building shall be by means of staircase ( if height of roof >
3m ) or cat-ladder. Approach shall be provided on the roof of the building along
the cross-section of the building.
Design
3.3.01
Design of structures
a) Design of steel structures shall be done in accordance with IS:800-1984 or any
equivalent international code of practice that may be applicable.
b) Structures subjected to fluctuating/reversal of stress (eg. Crane girders) shall
be designed in accordance with IS:1024-1979.
c) Resonance in structures :
Structures supporting vibratory/reciprocating
equipments shall be designed so as to obviate occurrence of resonance. The
ratio of applied frequency to natural frequency shall not lie within the range 0.7
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 15 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
to 1.5.
For wind load calculation the following data may be considered
- Basic wind speed ( Vb) at 10 M ht
= 39 m/ sec.
- Risk co- efficient ( K1)
= 1.0
- Terrain ht and Structure size factor(K2) shall be calculated with Category 2.
- Topography co- efficient ( K3)
= 1.0
Seismic load- Structure shall be designed as per IS- 1893-(Part1) 2002.
3.3.02
Description of design loads
Loads considered in design shall allow fully for all aspects of :
i) Dead weight of structures, wall, floors, equipment, wiring, machinery, pipe-work,
cabling and any item of a permanent nature.
ii) Superimposed loads for roofs and floors plus any temporary machinery not
allowed within the general superimposed loads.
iii)
Crane loading.
iv) Temperature loads from process requirements because of the position of the
structure relative to the heat source or from support of mains, pipes etc.
subject to heat.
v) Maximum range of temperature variation for climatic conditions = ± 45°C
vi) Dust load.
vii) Dynamic loads from screens and other such reciprocating machinery.
viii) Maintenance hoists on Runway beams.
ix) Wind Loads
x) Seismic loads
xi) From future extensions.
xii) Any special erection requirements.
xiii) Erection loads on floor and structures
3.3.03
Loading codes
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 16 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
a)
All live loads shall be considered in accordance with IS:875(Part-2)-1987.
(Also refer clause 3.3.04)
b) Wind loads shall be in accordance with IS:875(Part-3)-1987 and any other
consideration specific to the site.
c) Seismic loads shall be in accordance with IS:1893- 2002.
d) Crane loading to be considered in design shall be as follows :
I. As per relevant clause of IS:800-1983.
II. IS:875(Part-2)-1987 for conditions not covered in IS:800-1983.3. unless more
severe loads have to be considered for technological/operational conditions.
e) Crane stopper shall be designed in accordance with clause 6.1.4 of IS:875
(Part-5)-1987.
f) In absence of any suitable provision for design loads, any other recognised
code of practice may be followed subject to prior approval of the Owner.
3.3.04
Additional Design Loads
Besides technological loads, all platforms, walkways, stairs etc. shall be designed
for the following live loads :
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
v)
vi)
vii)
viii)
ix)
Walkways and Platforms
: 2 KN/m²
Visitor's galleries
: 4 KN/m²
Maintenance platforms
: 4 KN/m²
including crane level walkway.
Staircase and treads
: 4 KN/m²
Monorail walkways
: 4 KN/m²
Handrails
: 0.75 KN/m run
(Horizontal)
Ladder
: 0.9 KN
at middle of rung
Dust loads ( for buildings
: 0.5 KN/m²
and structures located in
dusty zone)
All structures supporting : Overloading vibrating equipment by 25 % on
(motors, fans etc.) Static load unless specified otherwise of Equipment.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 17 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
3.3.05
Combination of loads
Various design loads considered shall be combined in accordance with clause
8.0 of IS:875(Part-5)-1987 to give the most severe loading condition for design of
structures.
3.3.06
Stress Enhancements
Permissible limits of stress may be increased wherever permissible, in
accordance with IS:800-1983.
3.3.07
Limiting deflection
a) The deflection shall be limited in various elements of structures in accordance
with IS:800- 1984 (clause 3.13).
b) In addition, the following limitations in deflection shall be observed in design :
Vertical Deflection
i) Monorail track beams , main floor beams,
equipment supporting beams &
beams supporting brick walls
ii) Main roof trusses, roof girders
main floor beams in operating
platforms
iii) Secondary floor beams
: Span / 400
: Span / 400
: Span / 325
Horizontal Deflection
i) Crane girders due to surge force:
(from one crane only).
Span / 2000
ii) Main columns at crane rail level:
in transverse direction due to
action of crane surge (for surge force consider
one crane for single bay and one crane each
on adjacent aisles for multi-bay buildings)
H / 2500
iii) Open gantry for condition as in: H/4000 (ii) above.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 18 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
Where H = Height of Column from bottom of base plate to crane rail level.
c) All deflections shall be calculated without dynamic factor.
3.3.08
Camber
Wherever excessive deformation is likely to cause operational problem or is
aesthetically not agreeable, camber shall be provided to neutralise the effect of
deformation due to dead load plus 50 % of imposed loads.
3.3.09
Expansion joints
a) Longitudinal and transverse expansion joints shall be provided in buildings and
structures in accordance with IS:800-1984 (clause 3.14).
b)
Expansion joints shall be formed by providing double rows of columns, with
overhanging gantry girders, secondary roof and wall framing being detailed to
allow the maximum calculated movement for the specified temperature
variation.
3.3.10
Miscellaneous design requirements
a) The minimum thickness of structural steel elements shall be in accordance with
IS:800-1984 (clause 3.8). Minimum size angle shall be ISA50x50x6.
b) The diameter of structural bolts shall not be less than 16 mm except for those
securing roof and wall sheets, windows, doors and stitching of thin coverings.
For bolted joints, at least two bolts per joint shall be provided.
c)
The size of fillet welds shall not be less than 5 mm.
d) Main structural elements shall be welded continuously. Intermittent welding shall
be used only on secondary members which are not exposed to weather or
other corrosive influence.
e)
i)
Field connection and splices shall be made as follows :
by welding
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 19 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
ii)
by permanent bolts (for secondary members such as purlins, wall
etc.)
iii)
runners
by High Strength Friction Grip bolts (HSFG)
3.4
DESIGN OF CONVEYOR GALLERIES AND
3.4.0
Design Considerations
JUNCTION HOUSES
3.4.01
The general parameters for conveyor galleries shall conform to the provision
of IPSS:2-03-001-81 (Interplant Standards : Steel Industry - Design
parameters for galleries and tunnels for belt conveyors in steel plant), and
provisions of IS : 11592-1985 unless specified otherwise in Technical
Specifications. The structures shall be designed so as to meet functional
requirements and shall provide space for operation, maintenance and removal
of machinery and give the workers good and safe environment.
3.4.02
Gallery floors shall be of pre-cast R.C.C slabs / Chequered plates ( as
required ) supported on steel beams.
3.4.03
Steps shall be provided (rise not exceeding 130 mm) along the walkways if the
gallery slope exceeds 12°. In case the slope of gallery is between 6° to 12°,
suitable ribs shall be provided on floor (without any sharp edges) at 250 to
300 mm intervals.
3.4.04
Provisions shall be made for emergency exit from galleries to ground level and
also for cross-over above conveyor at 100 m intervals (maximum). The width
of cross over shall not be less than 600 mm.
3.4.05
Roof and side walls of conveyor galleries shall be covered with GCS/ Aluminium
sheets. with a provision of gap of 300 mm below roof and 150 mm from top of
floor level on the side wall for ventilation.
3.4.06
Adequate provision for natural light inside conveyor gallery shall be made
through side walls by providing translucent sheets (FRP sheets as per IS:
12866-1989). Every sixth sheet on side wall shall be FRP sheet and shall be
staggered on opposite wall.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 20 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
3.4.07
Roof slopes of conveyor galleries shall be 1:5 (1 vertical, 5 Horizontal).
3.4.08
The level of underside of the base plate of gallery supporting trestles shall be
300 mm above the average ground level of the surrounding area.
3.4.09
Protective hand railing shall be provided along gallery walkways, open
platform, stairways, landings, edges of walkways when the gallery is not
enclosed, and around erection openings, if any, to ensure safety of operating
personnel.
3.4.10
Conveyor galleries longer than 150 m shall be provided with expansion joints
with twin trestles/supports. Each expansion block shall have fixed
support/rigid trestle with adequate arrangement (provision of top chord and
bottom chord bracing to gallery girder etc.) for transferring the transverse and
longitudinal forces to the foundation.
3.4.11
Gallery girders near junction house shall be preferably supported on trestle
located as close to the junction house as possible, with part of gallery girder
between junction house and trestle cantilevered from the trestle. Supporting
gallery girders on junction house shall be generally avoided.
3.4.12
The underside of the belt conveyor shall be fully covered with 3 mm sheet in
case of conveyor is located within the boundaries of the plant. Wherever such
covering is not provided (as in case of the mines area or cross country), the
covering must be provided where the gallery crosses roads, railway lines or
areas of public gatherings.
3.4.13
Conveyor gallery over hot metal track :
When underside of gallery is at less than 12m height from track level, heat
shield shall be provided below gallery as well as on sides for a width of track
8 m ( i.e. 4 m on either side of center line of the track ).
3.4.14
When conveyor gallery crosses above or below H.T cables, a minimum clear
distance of 1.0 m between the structural elements/cladding and HT cables
shall be maintained.
3.4.15
When the conveyor bridge passes over plant roads, clearance between the
road surface and the lowest points of the bridges shall not be less than 4.5 m
or the height needed for the passage of the largest individual components of
the plant equipment, whichever is the larger.
3.4.16
The junction house shall be designed to suit the technological requirements.
Number of floors, height of building etc. shall be decided accordingly.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 21 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
3.4.17
In general the junction house shall be designed as framed structures on shorter
span side and vertically braced on longer side to achieve stability.
3.4.18
Floor of junction houses shall be of RCC slab supported on steel beams, unless
required otherwise from technological consideration. The RCC slab will be
connected to steel beams through suitable lugs.
3.4.19
Roof and side covering of junction houses shall be with GCS/Aluminium sheets
/ troughed colour coated sheets as specified. Roof slope shall be 1 : 5 ( 1
Vertical : 5 Horizontal).
3.4.20
Suitable access staircase and safety hand railing shall be provided to all floors
of junction houses.
3.4.21
When hydro-washing of floor of junction house is envisaged , the floor beam
supporting RCC slab shall be laid to a suitable slope to achieve the same,
wherever the same is not practicable to achieve through screed concrete.
(Minimum slope of floor shall be 1.5%).
3.4.22
Wall sheeting shall generally start from the lowest working floor and extend up
to roof level with louvres at each floor level to ensure adequate natural
ventilation.
3.4.23
Monorails for maintenance hoists shall be provided for maintenance and repair
of various equipments located on the floors.
Components of structures
3.4.24
Gallery Trusses and Roof
a) Gallery truss shall be of latticed type construction and shall support roof (for
covered galleries) as well as floor deck supporting conveyor system.
b) The trusses shall be adequately braced at top and bottom chord level to transfer
the horizontal wind forces to end portals.
3.4.25 Stringer Beam
These beams shall be suitably spaced to support the conveyor stringer post and
shall deliver load to gallery trusses. Walkways on either side of the conveyor shall
also be supported on these stringer beams.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 22 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
3.4.26
Supporting Trestles
Intermediate trestles shall be two legged and shall deliver loads from gallery
trusses to the foundations. In addition, four legged trestles shall be provided which
will act as fixed support to transmit all longitudinal forces between expansion block,
in addition to other forces.
3.4.27
Junction Houses
a) Floors - Floor beam layout shall be arranged to suit equipment layout as well as
equipment anchoring system.
b) Columns - In addition to loads from floor and roof, columns shall be designed to
transmit horizontal load due to belt tension/snapping of belts to the foundation.
3.4.28
Belt Tensioning Device
Suitable structures shall be provided to accommodate belt-tensioning device
which may be located either under the conveyor gallery or in the junction house
itself.
3.4.29
Wall Structures
a) Wall runners with necessary sag rods shall be provided to support wall sheeting
in conveyor galleries and junction houses.
b) Wall sheeting and louvres - refer clause 3.2.08
3.4.30
3.5
3.5.0
b)
Access stairs, walkways, platforms, ladders, hand railing etc. - These shall be
provided in accordance with clause 3.2.11 of this specification.
Design of Structures.
a) Design of steel structures shall be done in accordance with IS:800-1984.
In absence of specified dynamic factor to be considered for the load from the belt
conveyor, a dynamic factor of not less than 1.3 shall be considered for the design
of floor beams and gallery girders.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 23 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
c)
Gallery trusses and stringers as well as floor beams of junction house shall be
checked for obviating occurrence of resonance and shall be designed in
accordance with clause 3.3.01(c).
d) For wind load consideration the following may be considered :
- Basic wind speed (vb) at 10 M ht
= 39 m/ s.
- Risk co-efficient ( K1)
= 1.0
- Terrain ht and structure size factor ( K2) shall be calculated with category 2.
- Topography co- efficient (K3 )
= 1.0
e)
Seismic load – structure shall be designed as per IS 1893 ( Part 1) 2002. site is
located in zone II.
3.5.1 Description of loads and loading codes
Unless specified otherwise hereinafter, all the live loads shall be considered in
accordance with IS:875 (Part-2)-1987.
3.5.01
3.5.02
Wind loads shall be considered in accordance with IS:875 (Part-3)-1987.
3.5.03
Seismic loads shall be considered in accordance with IS:1893-1984.
3.5.04
Live loads from conveyor on the gallery floor shall be as per conveyor suppliers
load data.
3.5.05
While designing the fixed support/rigid trestles in an expansion block of conveyor
gallery the following loads (in addition to wind load) shall be considered.
a)
Forces due to difference in frictional resistance of top and return idle rollers of
conveyor.
b)
Forces due to inertia of rollers at the time of starting of conveyor belt.
c)
Break down load caused by snapping of belt (in case of multiple conveyors,
snapping of one belt at a time) shall be considered.
d)
Special loads if any
Gallery girders and floor shall be designed for the following live loads, inclusive
of spillage loads on floors.
3.5.06
a)
Walkway/Supporting beams for floor - 4.0 KN/m²
b)
Under the conveyor belt
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
- 0.75 KN/m²
Structural
Page 24 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
c)
Gallery girder, for floor load of - 3.0 KN/m²
Dust load on roof of junction house and conveyor galleries shall be considered
as follows :
3.5.07
a)
For building and structures located at a distance of 300 m from the dust
producing units - 0.5 KN/m²
b)
At a distance of 300 m to 800 m from the dust producing unit - 0.25 KN/m²
3.5.08
As per technological requirements, provision of supporting the following, and
load arising thereof shall be considered in the design of conveyor gallery.
a) Ventilation duct.
b) Electrical cables/cable racks.
c) Fire Fighting equipment.
3.5.09 Junction house floors shall be designed for the following loads :
a) Live load on floor - 4.0 KN/m²
b) Tension from conveyor belt
c) Load due to equipment located on floor.
d) Load due to jamming of chutes.
e) Erection loads anywhere on the floor.
3.5.10
Combination of loads
The various loads specified shall be combined in accordance with clause 8.0 of
IS:875 (Part-5)-1987 to give the most severe loading condition for design of
structures.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 25 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
3.5.11
Stress enhancements
Permissible limits of stress may be increased, wherever permissible, in
accordance with IS:800-1984.
3.5.12
Limiting deflection
a)
The deflection shall be limited in various elements of structures in accordance
with clause 3.13 IS:800-1984.
b) In addition following limitation in deflection shall be observed in design :
i) Gallery Trusses
- Span / 400
ii) Top of End portal of
gallery truss
- H / 325 where
H = Height of portal above beams
iii) Traverse deflection of
of top of supporting
Trestle
3.6
3.6.0
- H/1000 where
H = Height of trestle above foundation.
PIPLINE SUPPORTING STRUCTURE
Design considerations
3.6.01
Bridges shall be provided to support pipelines of smaller diameters for which
maximum permissible span is less than the distance between supporting
trestles.
3.6.02
Trestles which are designed to transmit longitudinal loads (along the length of
pipeline) to the foundation, shall be four legged construction. Other trestles
which transmit only the vertical load to the foundation shall be two-legged
construction.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 26 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
Access stair and platforms shall be provided for maintenance of equipment
installed in the pipeline (eg. valves etc.). Maintenance walkways with handrailing shall also be provided along the pipeline, wherever required. Provision
of access stairs, walkways platforms, hand-railing etc. shall conform to clause
3.2.11 of this specification.
3.6.03
3.7
Design of Structures
3.7.0
Design of steel structures shall be done in accordance with IS:800-1984.
3.7.01
Unless otherwise specified hereinafter, all live loads shall be considered in
accordance with IS:875 (Part-2) 1987.
3.7.02
Wind load shall be considered in accordance with IS:875 (Part-3)-1987.
3.7.03 Seismic loads shall be considered in accordance with IS:1893-2002.
3.7.04 In addition, pipeline, bridge and supporting trestle shall be designed for the
following loads :
a) Weight of liquid or condensate, as is appropriate for pipeline.
b) Weight of valves, compensators, fittings etc. in addition of self-weight of pipe.
c) Load due to thermal expansion of pipeline
3.7.05 Maintenance platforms shall be designed for a service load of 4 kN/sq.m
3.7.06
Combination of loads
The various loads specified shall be combined in accordance with clause 8.0 of
IS:875 (Part-5)-1987 to give the most severe loading condition for design of
structures.
3.7.07
Stress enhancements
Permissible limits of stress may be increased, wherever permissible, in accordance
with IS:800-1984.
3.7.08
Limiting deflection
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 27 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
a) Deflection of gallery bridge structure shall be limited to Span/400.
b)
Traverse deformation of trestle shall be limited to H/1000 where H = Height of
trestle above foundation level.
c) The deflection of other elements of structures shall be limited in accordance with
clause 3.13 of IS:800-1984.
3.8
3.8.0
STEEL CHIMNEY
General
This specification shall apply to design of self supporting steel chimneys.
3.8.1 Design Consideration
a)
Lining shall be provided in chimney shell as per technological requirements. In
the case of lined chimneys, checking for stress and resonance due to wind shall
be done for both the conditions i.e lined and unlined.
b) Annular platforms with minimum clear width of 1200mm shall be provided at
locations of environment monitoring equipment, in addition to the stipulations of
IS:6533 (Part-2)-1989. Landing/resting platforms to ladders shall be provided
at intervals not exceeding 10.00 M where annular platforms are provided at
intervals of height greater than 10.00 M.
c) Approach to platforms shall be with ladders with safety cages. (Refer Clause
3.2.11(j) of this specification.
d)
Chimneys shall be provided with adequate number of Painter's trolleys for
inspection and maintenance unless categorically agreed to otherwise with
Owner. In case where Painter's trolley is not provided, suitable alternative
facility shall be provided for inspection and maintenance.
e) Chimneys shall be fitted with helical strakes of three rail system, and shall be
strong enough to withstand the additional wind load from the strakes.
3.8.2 Design
a) Steel chimneys shall be designed in accordance with IS:6533(Part-2)-1989.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 28 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
b) Elements like platforms, hand-rails, ladders, anchor bolts etc. shall be designed
in accordance with IS:800-1984.
c) For wind and seismic refer clause 3.3.01 (d) and (e) .
3.8.3 Limiting Deflection
The maximum deflection at the top due to the action of wind, without considering
the dynamic factor shall not be greater than h/200, where h is the unsupported
height of the chimney.
3.9
3.9.0
STANDARISATION
AND
UNIFORMITY
General
Every endeavour shall be made to achieve standardisation and uniformity
amongst the steel structures of different units of the plant.
3.9.1
The following items shall be kept in view in design of structures :
a) Uniform layout module shall be adopted to the extent possible consistent with
economy. It is suggested to adopt a basic module of 3 m for building width
and 6 m for column spacing along building length.
b) Uniform slopes of roofs matching with existing buildings unless specifically
required otherwise for any particular unit.
c)
d)
Provision of expansion joints by using twin columns.
Uniform adoption of clearance between structures and moving parts of
equipment.
e) Provision of adequate natural ventilation by using louvres (canopy like
structures) at appropriate location and roof monitors/natural ventilation systems
at roof.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 29 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
FABRICATION OF STEEL STRUCTURES
4.0
4.1
Drawings
4.1.1
The Contractor shall prepare design drawings indicating general
arrangement, members, sections and details of important joints,
fabrication
drawings,
erection drawings, bill of materials, drawing
office despatch lists / shipping documents, schedule of bolts and nuts
and as built drawings. All drawing work shall be in metric system and all
writing work shall be in English. Drawings shall be prepared using
Autocad software.
4.1.2
The fabrication drawings shall show full length layout with all connecting
members and connections marked thereon. The fabrication drawings
shall include all the necessary blown-up details required for the correct
fabrication of the structures to meet the design requirements. These
drawings shall be made in conformity with the best modern practices and
with due regard to speed and economy in fabrication and erection. Each
erection piece shall be clearly identified by an erection mark in these
drawings.
4.1.3
The preparation / detailing of fabrication drawing shall be complete in all
respects. In the case of bolted connections, the bolt dia., the hole dia.,
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 30 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
the actual location of
holes and the coordinating scheme with
connecting/ matching elements shall be clearly indicated. As far as
possible, uniformity in the bolt dia shall be maintained. Where HSFG
bolts are used, method of surface preparation shall be indicated. In case
of welded constructions, the size and length of welds along
the
relevant weld
lines
should
be distinctly marked. The length
specified shall be the effective length excluding end crates. For all butt
welds, details of appropriate edge preparation shall be indicated.
4.1.4
Detailing of structural steel members subjected to dynamic loading shall
be so as to keep the stress concentration to a minimum. Cross welding
shall be avoided as far as practicable.
4.1.5
For bolted connections subjected to dynamic loading, lock nuts or spring
washers shall be used in addition to plain washers.
4.1.6
Erection drawings shall consist of line diagrams showing every detailed
member in position with the respective erection mark. Erection marks
shall appear on the left end of the members as detailed. All steel
members shall be erected with marks in the same relative position as
shown in plan or elevation. All loose members shall either be given part
marks or wired on to the main erection mark for despatch.
4.1.7
The erection clearances for cleat-connected ends of members
connecting steel to steel shall preferably not be greater than 10 mm. at
each end. The erection clearance at ends of beams shall not be more
than 20mm. at each end but where for particular reasons greater
clearance is necessary, suitably designed seats shall be provided.
4.1.8
The fabrication drawings shall be prepared in such a manner that
structures are despatched with maximum transportable lengths and work
involved at site is minimum. Steelwork shall be shop-fitted and shopassembled as far as practicable.
4.1.9
All edge preparations for welding shall conform to IS:9595.
4.1.10 The contractor shall ensure correctness & completeness of fabrication
drawings.
4.2
Material of Construction
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 31 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
4.2.1
All steel and other materials used for steelwork and in association with
steelwork shall conform to appropriate Indian standards. Only tested
materials shall be used unless written authority is obtained for the use of
untested materials for certain secondary structural members.
Unless otherwise specified in the drawings
a)
All rolled sections and plates up to & including 20 mm thickness
shall conform to Grade "A” as per IS : 2062.
b)
Plates of thickness above 20 mm and Plated structures subjected
to dynamic loading shall conform to Grade "B” as per IS: 2062.
c)
For High Tensile steel requirements, material conforming to
IS:8500 or SAIL- MA (HYA or HYB) shall be used.
4.2.2
Steel sheets shall conform to IS : 1079.
4.2.3
Steel tubes for structural purpose shall conform to IS : 1161 (of Grade Yst 240)
4.2.4
Corrugated Galvanised Sheets shall conform to IS:277 with appropriate Zinc
coating for the selected thickness of sheet on roof and sides.
4.2.5
Aluminium industrial toughed sheets conforming to IS : 1254 shall be used as
follows :
i) In roof
- 0.91mm thick
ii) In side walls - 0.71mm thick
4.2.6
Translucent sheets shall be fibreglass reinforced polyester sheets
matching profile as per IS:12866.
4.2.7
Colour coated sheets shall be as per appropriate standard. All roof
,monitor roof galvanised / zinc aluminium colour coated sheets of total
coated thickness (TCT) of 0.65 mm with base metal yield strength of
240 MPa or alternately sheets having TCT of 0.5mm with base metal
yield strength of 550 MPa.
All side sheets , monitor sides colour coated sheets of total thickness
(TCT) of 0.6 mm with base metal yield strength of 240 MPa or alternately
sheets having TCT of 0.5mm with base metal yield strength of 550 MPa.
Ridging/ Flushing : colour coated sheets TCT of 0.8 mm with base
metal yield strength of 240 MPa or alternately sheets having TCT of 0.5
mm with base metal yield strength of 550 MPa. For all above, minimum
zinc deposition shall be 150 gms per sq.m.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 32 of 83
of
GS-04
General Technical Specification
4.2.8
Gutters shall be of copper bearing steel conforming to Grade "A" as per
IS :2062
4.2.9
Crane Rails shall conform to IS : 3443.
4.2.10 All black bolts, nuts and locknuts shall conform to IS : 1363 and IS :
1364 (for precision and semi precision hexagonal bolts) of property
class 6.4 unless otherwise specified. Washers shall conform to IS : 6610
4.2.11 All tapered washer shall be as per IS:5372 for channels, and IS:5374 for
Joists. Spring washers shall conform to IS:3063.
4.2.12 All HSFG bolts shall conform to IS : 3757. Assembly of joints using
HSFG bolts shall conform to IS : 4000. Nuts and washers for HSFG bolts
shall be as per IS:6623 & IS:6649 respectively.
4.2.13 Covered electrodes for arc welding shall conform to IS: 814. Coding of
electrodes shall be as follows :
a)
b)
ER421 ‘C’ X for mild steel of Grade 'A’ and Grade 'B’ as per IS :
2062
EB 542 ‘C' H3X for Mild steel of Grade 'B’ as per IS 2062 for
dynamically loaded structures (arising out of crane, vibratory
screen, equipments etc.) ‘C' is the value of the current as
recommended by the electrode manufacturer.
4.2.14 Certified mill test reports of materials used in the work shall be made
available for inspection by the Owner / Consultant upon request.
4.2.15 All materials shall be straight and if necessary before being worked shall
be straightened and / or flattened by pressure including de-coiling of
plates unless required to be of curvilinear form and shall be free from
twists.
4.2.16 The MS / GI gratings shall be electro-forged and shall be of approved
brand and
manufacturer unless otherwise agreed to by the Owner.
The type of grating selected shall be based on the loading in the area in
which the grating is provided and shall be subject to approval of Owner.
4.3
Material preparation
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 33 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
4.3.1 Cut edges shall be finished smooth by grinding or machining wherever
necessary. Sufficient allowance (3 mm to 5 mm ) should be kept in the
items in case machining is necessary.
4.3.2 Cutting may be effected by gas cutting, shearing, cropping or sawing. In
gas cutting of high tensile steel, special care is to be taken to leave
sufficient metal to be removed by machining so that all metal that has
been hardened by flame is removed.
4.3.3 Sufficient shrinkage allowance (@ 1mm/M) shall be kept wherever heavy
welding is involved.
4.3.4
Straightening and bending shall be done in cold condition as far as
practicable.
4.3.5 If required, straightening and bending may be done by application of heat
between 900°C and 1100°C. Cooling down of the heated item shall be
done slowly.
4.4
Drilling and punching of holes
4.4.1
Drilling and punching of holes for bolts shall be done as per clause
no.11.4.4 of IS:800:1984, unless otherwise specified by the Owner.
4.4.2 Drifting of holes for bolts during assembly shall not cause enlargement of
holes beyond permissible limit or damage the metal.
4.4.3 Holes for bolted connection should match well to permit easy entry of
bolts. Gross mismatch of holes shall be avoided.
4.4.4 Permissible deviation in holes for mild steel bolts of normal accuracy and
high strength bolts are given in the ANNEXURE-A.
4.5
Assembly for fabrication
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 34 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
4.5.1
Fabrication of all structural steelwork shall be in accordance with
IS:800-1984 and in conformity with various clauses of this specification,
unless otherwise specified in the drawings.
4.5.2 Fabrication of structures shall preferably be taken up as per the sequence
of erection.
4.5.3 All erection units shall bear erection mark no. and reference drg no. at a
prominent location on the structures for easy identification at site.
4.5.4
Fabricated structures shall conform to tolerance as specified in this
standard and in IS:7215-1974. In case of contradiction, tolerances
specified in this standard shall prevail.
4.5.5 All the components of structures shall be free from twist, bend, damage
etc,
4.5.6 Assembly of structures shall be carried out by using suitable jigs and
fixtures in order to obviate distortion during welding.
4.5.7 Cutting of items specially for truss, bracing, bunker, hopper, galleries
surge girder, portal etc, shall be done only after checking of sizes as per
Layout.
4.5.8 Surface, wherever machining is specified , shall be either planed or milled
or ground to ensure maximum contact.
4.5.9
If end-milling or machining is planned after the assembly is over,
sufficient allowance (5 mm to 15 mm) shall be kept in the items where
milling/machining is to be done.
4.5.10 If pre-bending of the plate is required to avoid welding distortion, it shall
be done in cold condition.
4.5.11 Sufficient trial assembly of fabricated components (despatch elements)
shall be carried out in the fabrication works to control the accuracy of
workmanship.
4.5.12
Where necessary, washers shall be tapered or otherwise suitably
shaped to give the heads of nuts and bolts satisfactory bearing.
4.5.13 The threaded portion of each bolt shall project through the
by one thread.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 35 of 83
nut at least
GS-04
General Technical Specification
4.5.14 Tolerance of assembled components of structures are given in TABLE 4.5.15 Permissible deviations from designed (true) geometrical form of the
despatch elements shall be in accordance with IS:7215-1974.
4.6
Method of Construction
4.6.1
The method of construction shall be either by welding or by bolting
limiting the site work to the minimum possible.
4.6.2
Bolt diameter shall not be less than 16mm. except for bolts securing
roof and wall sheeting, windows, doors and stitching of thin coverings.
For bolted joints, min. two bolts shall be used.
4.6.3
The size of fillet welds shall not be less than 5mm for load-bearing
joints.
4.6.4
Main structural elements shall be welded continuously. Intermittent
welds shall be used only on secondary members, which are not exposed
to weather or other corrosive influence.
4.6.5
Connections and splices shall be made by welding, or by bolting with
appropriate property class.Black bolts shall be used in connections
and attachments of secondary members such as purlins, wall girts, etc.
Bolts shall be prevented from loosening by means of lock nuts, single
coil spring washers or similar devices.
4.6.6
Method of splicing shall be similar to the method of construction adopted
for structures. All splices shall be full-strength splice unless exception is
specified.
4.6.7
Roof and wall sheets shall be fixed to purlins and wall girts by stainless
steel top speed screws/galvanized J- hook bolts, each complete with
neoprene and stainless steel /galvanized washers. The connections
shall ensure water-tightness into the buildings. The spacing of these
screws/bolts shall be sufficient to prevent uplift of sheets by suction. The
roof and wall sheets shall be stitched together at their edges by using
studs, rivets or screws. The end and side overlaps of sheeting shall be
sufficient to prevent ingress of rainwater. End lap shall not be less than
75mm and side lap shall not be less than one and half corrugation for
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 36 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
GCS sheets. For troughed aluminium
recommendations shall be followed.
sheets
manufacturer’s
4.7
Structural steel connection
4.7.1
The Contractor shall be responsible for the design and the detailing of all
connections. The design of connections shall provide for adequate
strength for the transfer of force in the structural elements indicated on
the design drawings. For purposes of detailing of connections, the
allowable stresses in material, bolts and welds shall be as per IS:800
and IS:816 or as specified in the design drawings.
4.7.2
For all full strength butt welding of plates and sections thicker than or
equal to 10 mm, edge preparation shall be done and got approved by
the Owner / Consultant.
4.7.3
Two numbers of washers shall be used for all bolted connections, one
washer bearing against the head and other bearing against the nut.
4.7.4
The magnitude of forces shown on design drawings shall be used at
face values with no reductions for connections.
4.7.5
If extra joints are to be provided in column, crane girder etc, prior
approval on the same shall be obtained from the Owner / Consultant
However , as general guidance, the following is suggested :
- Splice joint on column and crane girder shall be of full strength
butt weld, and, wherever possible, shall be located at the section
of minimum or substantially lesser stress.
- Splice joints of web and flange should be sufficiently staggered
in position.
4.7.6
All penetration for piping, conduit, cable trays, etc., through grating or
plate flooring shall be cut and suitably banded in the field, except when
such penetrations are dimensioned in the drawings in which case they
shall be shop cut and banded.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 37 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
4.8
Fabrication
4.8.1
Fabrication of all structural steelwork shall be in accordance with IS:800
or their equivalent foreign national standard of the country of origin of
supply unless otherwise specified, and in conformity with various clauses
of the Technical Specification.
4.8.2
Wherever practicable and wherever perfect matching of parts is required
at site, members shall be shop assembled before despatch to minimise
site work. Parts not completely assembled in the shop shall be secured,
to the extent possible, to prevent damage during despatch.
4.8.3
All pieces shall be properly identified and bundled for transportation to
work site. Care shall be exercised in the delivery, handling and storage
of material to ensure that material is not damaged in any manner.
Materials shall be kept free of dirt, grease and foreign matter and shall
be protected from corrosion. All materials shall be stored properly on
skids above the ground which shall
be kept clean and properly
drained. Girders and beams shall be placed upright and stored. Long
members such as columns and chord members shall be supported on
skids spaced near enough to prevent damage due to deflection.
4.8.4
Bolts shall be furnished according to bolt lists showing the location of their
use and additional bolts shall be supplied to cover wastage.
4.8.5
All fabricated pieces shall bear erection mark numbers painted/punched
according to appropriate erection and shop drawings at a prominent
location on the structure for easy identification.
4.8.6
All workmanship shall be in accordance with the best practice in modern
structural shops. Greatest accuracy shall be achieved in the
manufacture of every part of the work and all identical parts shall be
strictly interchangeable.
4.8.7
Shearing or flame cutting may be used at the Contractor's option
provided
that a
mechanically controlled cutting torch is used for
flame cutting and that the resulting edges are clean and straight.
4.8.8
Unless clean square and true to shape all flame cut edges shall be
planed/cleaned by chipping or grinding. Where machine flame cutting is
permitted for high tensile steel, special care shall be taken to leave
sufficient margin and all flame hardened material shall be removed by
machining/edge grinding.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 38 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
4.8.9
Wherever shearing is used for cutting to size, sheared members shall be
free from distortions at sheared edge.
4.8.10 The ends of all girder stiffeners shall be in contact with the compression
flange and shall be planed or ground to fit tightly against flange plates
unless otherwise stated on the drawings. Care shall be taken to ensure
full bearing of the stiffeners at the supports by machining the contact
surfaces of both bearing stiffeners and bearing plates. The ends shall
not be drawn or caulked.
4.8.11 Column splices
and butt joints of struts
and compression
members depending on contact for stress transmission shall be
accurately machined and close butted over the whole section with a
clearance not exceeding 0.1 mm locally at any place.
4.8.12 In column cap and bases, the ends of shafts, should be accurately
machined so that the parts connected butt over the entire surface of
contact. Care should be taken so that these connecting members are
fixed with such accuracy that they are not reduced in thickness by
machining by more than
1.0 mm. On secondary members, where
sufficient gussets and welds are provided to transmit the entire loading,
the column ends may not be machined subject to the approval of the
Owner / Consultant.
4.8.13 Holes for permanent black bolts shall not be more than 1. 5 mm larger
than the nominal diameter of the black bolts unless specified otherwise.
All holes for turned and fitted bolts shall be sub punched or drilled and
reamed at site under assembly of connected parts to a tolerance of +0.3
mm unless specified otherwise.
Holes in purlins, side-sheeting runners, packing plates and lacing bars
may be punched full size. Holes in light framing with the exception of
joint holes, may be punched full size. All punching and sub-punching
shall be clean and accurate and
all drilling free from burrs. In
block/batch drilling, parts shall be separated after drilling and the burrs
removed. No hole shall be made by gas cutting process.
4.8.14 The component parts shall be so assembled that they are neither twisted
nor otherwise damaged and specified cambers, if any, shall be provided.
No drifting of hole shall be permitted except to draw the parts together.
Drifts used shall not be larger than the nominal diameter of the bolt.
Drifting done during assembling shall not distort the metal or enlarge the
holes. Sufficient trial assembly shall be carried out in the fabrication
works to prove the accuracy of workmanship of the and the number of
such trials required shall be at inspector's discretion.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 39 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
4.8.15
Where necessary, washers shall be tapered or otherwise suitably
shaped to give the heads and nuts of bolts a satisfactory bearing. The
threaded portion of each bolt shall project through the nut by at least one
thread.
4.8.16 In all cases where the full bearing area of the bolt is to be developed, the
bolt shall be provided with a washer of sufficient thickness, under the nut
so as to avoid any threaded portion of the bolt being within the thickness
of the parts bolted together. Column bases and caps, shall be in one
solid piece, and except when cut from plates with true surfaces, shall be
accurately machined over the bearing surfaces, and shall be in effective
contact over the whole area of the machine end of the stanchion.
4.8.17 Each piece shall be distinctly marked before delivery, in accordance with
an approved marking diagram and shall bear such other marks as
well
to
facilitate erection. For easy identification at site a small
distinguishing mark for each building shall be painted at each end of
every member before despatch from fabrication shop. The fabricated
steel work shall be despatched in sequence as per agreed programme
and for such portion as may be found convenient for erection or as
ordered by the Owner / Consultant.
4.8.18
The Contractor shall provide suitable packing wherever necessary to
guard against damage during handling and transportation to site. All
fabricated parts shall be adequately braced to prevent damage during
transit.
4.8.19
The tolerances for fabrication of steel structures shall generally conform
to IS:7215 and to suit the technological requirements as specified by the
equipment supplier.
4.8.20 Any fabrication work which is considered not to be in keeping with the
Technical Specification forming the Contract, or in absence of Technical
Specification with recognized good practice, shall be rectified /replaced
/corrected at the Contractor's expense as directed by the Owner /
Consultant. Site fabrication work shall also conform to all specifications,
stipulations, terms and conditions applicable for shop-welded structures
as mentioned above.
4.8.21 Fabrication of steel structures shall not be allowed inside the plant
premises.
4.9
Wastage & Accountability
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 40 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
4.9.1
For the purpose of accounting of materials where the same is supplied by
the Owner, free or on cost recoverable basis, the following wastage
including rolling margin, invisible wastage and cut pieces of less than
one metre length and plates with lesser dimension less than 300 mm
shall be allowed.
a) Structural Steel : i) Sections - 5% on the quantity by weight
computed, based on Fabrication drgs.
ii) Plates - 7.5% on the quantity by weight
computed, based on Fabrication drawings.
b) Other materials : 5% on the quantity by weight computed, based on
manufacturing drawings.
For all cut pieces ( plates & sections ) invisible wastage (cutting and
burning losses) of maximum 0.5% will be admissible.
4.9.2 Owner reserves the right to take back such sections or quantity of steel
issued in excess of quantity as per fabrication drawings plus permissible
wastage where raw steel is issued free of cost by Owner. The contractor
shall return to the Owner all such steel supplied in good and acceptable
condition. In case of failure of the Contractor to return such surplus steel
on demand by the Owner , Owner reserves the right to recover the cost of
such steel at a penal rate of twice the SAIL- Stockyard rate of that
particular section of steel as on the date of accountability.
4.9.3 If the Contractor fails to return scrap / wastage generated as per the
percentage mentioned at 4.9.1. recovery on account of such scrap /
wastage shall be made by the owner at prevailing rate of steel+ 20 pc per
tonne.
The charging of penal rate shall be without prejudice to any other
remedies or action ,available to the Owner, against the Contractor.
4.10
4.10.1
Despatch Instructions
Each despatchable structure shall bear mark no. along with reference
drawing number at two prominent locations (e.g. on flange and bottom of
base plate of a column).
4.10.2 "As built" drawing shall be prepared after fabrication is completed to
indicate additions / alterations made during the process of fabrication.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 41 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
4.10.3 Control assembly of important structures shall be done in the shop floor
before despatch to avoid mismatching. For all such important structures,
match marking shall be given at the control assembly stage in the shop
floor and such match markings shall be made clearly visible while
assembling the structures at site.
4.10.4 Centre lines of column flanges and both sides of web shall be punched,
preferably at top and bottom to facilitate alignment after erection.
ERECTION OF STEEL STRUCTURES
5.
5.1
Scope
The scope of work under erection includes in addition to provision of
erection and transport equipments, tools and tackles,
consumables,
materials, labour and supervision, the following:
a)
Storing and stacking at site of erection of all fabricated structural
components/ units/assemblies till the time of erection.
b)
Transportation at site of structures.
c)
Receiving at site of structures including site handling /movement,
unloading, storing and stacking at site of erection of technological
structures such as bunkers and the related structures
d)
All minor rectification / modification such as :
i)
Removal of bends, kinks, twists, etc. for parts damaged during
transportation and handling;
ii) Cutting chipping, filing, grinding, etc., if required, for preparation
and finishing of site connections;
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 42 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
iii)
iv)
e)
Reaming for use of next higher size bolt for holes which do not
register or which are damaged.
Welding of connections in place of bolting for which holes are
either not drilled at all or wrongly drilled during fabrication.
Other rectification work such as
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
Re-fabrication of parts, damaged beyond repair during
transportation and handling or incorrectly fabricated.
Fabrication of parts omitted during fabrication by oversight or
subsequently found necessary.
Plug-welding and re-drilling of holes which do not register and
which cannot be reamed for use of next higher size bolt.
Drilling of holes which are either not drilled at all or are drilled
at incorrect position during fabrication.
f)
Fabrication of minor items/missing items or such important items as
directed by the Owner Consultant.
g)
Assembly at site of steel structural components wherever required
including temporary supports and staging.
h)
Making arrangements for and providing all facilities for conducting
ultrasonic X-ray or gamma ray tests on welds; getting the tests
conducted by reputed testing
laboratories, making available
test films/ graphs, reports and interpretation.
i)
Rectifying at site, damaged portions of shop primer by cleaning and
touch-up paint.
j)
Erection of structures including making connections by bolts/high
strength friction grip bolts / welding.
k)
Alignment of all structures true to line, level plumb and dimensions
within specified limits of tolerances as per IS :12843 “Tolerance for
Erection of Steel Structures”.
l)
Application of second coat of primer paint and two coats of finishing
paint at site after erection.
m)
Grouting of all column bases after proper alignment of columns
and only after obtaining clearance from Owner / Consultant.
n)
Supply of labour in sufficient numbers,
directed by the Owner / Consultant.
o)
Conducting preliminary
tests.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
acceptance
Structural
Page 43 of 83
where necessary,
and
as
final acceptance
GS-04
General Technical Specification
p)
Preparation of as built drawings, preparing of sketches/drawings to
suit field engineering decisions,
availability of material,
convenience of fabrication,
transportation and erection and
changes during fabrication and erection.
All such works are subject to approval by the Owner / Consultant.
5.2
Erection Drawings
5.2.1
The erection drawings prepared by the Contractor and any approved
arrangement drawings, specifications or instructions accompanying them
shall be followed in erection of structures and miscellaneous connected
items throughout the project.
5.3
Storing and Handling
5.5.1
The fabricated materials on receipt at site shall be carefully unloaded,
examined
for defects, checked , stored out for each building and
stacked securely on skids above level ground which shall be kept clean
and properly drained. Girders and beams shall be placed upright and
stored. Long members, such as columns and chord members, shall be
supported on skids spaced near enough to prevent damage from
deflection.
5.5.2
The fabricated materials shall be verified with respect to markings on the
marking plan or shipping list which shall be supplied by the Contractor.
5.5.3
Any material found damaged or defective shall be stacked separately
and the damaged or defective portions shall be painted in distinct colour
for identification. Such materials shall be dealt with as ordered by the
Owner / Consultant.
5.5.4
The handling and storing of the component parts of a structure shall
involve the use of methods and appliances not likely to produce injury
by twisting, bending or otherwise deforming the structures. No member
slightly bent or twisted shall be put in place until the defects are
corrected. Members seriously damaged in handling shall be rejected.
5.4
Defects in material & fabrication
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 44 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
5.4.1
All materials shall be straight unless required to be of curvilinear form
and shall be free from twist. All cold straightening shall be done by
pressure only.
5.4.2
During assembly and during erection of the units to position, the
Contractor shall compare the structures with the drawings to ensure that
there are no fabrication omissions or errors. Should any omission or
defect be found the same shall be brought to the notice of the Owner /
Consultant who will issue necessary instructions for the rectification.
5.5
Setting out
5.5.1
The Contractor shall prepare geodetic survey scheme of all embedded
parts and holding down bolts and submit the same to Owner /
Consultant. The Contractor shall inform the Owner / Consultant about
any discrepancy with approved design drawings well in advance of
erection and if necessary shall make necessary adjustments at site or
during fabrication of structures.
5.5.2
The Contractor shall assume, full responsibility for the free and correct
setting out of all steel work and erection correctly in accordance with
position, alignment, dimensions and levels shown on the approved
drawings and plumbing vertical members. Particular care shall be taken
to ensure free expansion and contraction wherever provided.
Notwithstanding any assistance rendered to the Contractor by the Owner
/ Consultant, if at any time during the progress of the work, any error
should appear or arise therein, on being required to do so, the
Contractor at his own cost shall remove and amend the work to the
satisfaction of the Owner / Consultant.
5.6
Assembly and Erection
5.6.1
Before starting erection, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner /
Consultant for his approval the method he proposes to follow and the
number of types of equipments and temporary, works he proposes to
use for the erection.
5.6.2
The approval of drawings by the Owner / Consultant will not relieve the
Contractor from the basic approach to design as regards the loads
which the erection equipment and temporary work shall be called upon
to .carry and support. Adequate allowance and provision shall be made
for lateral forces and wind loads.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 45 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
5.6.3
If in the opinion of the Owner / Consultant, the tools, tackles plant and
equipment instruments, apparatus, etc. arranged by the Contractor are
not sufficient or are inadequate for the fulfilment of the contractual
obligations of the Contractor within the stipulated period, the Owner /
Consultant will have the right to order the Contractor and the Contractor
shall comply with the order to bring/arrange such additional tools,
tackles, plant and equipment instruments, apparatus, etc. to the site and
employ the same to complete the work in time. All charges in connection
thereof shall be borne by the Contractor.
5.6.4
Proper consideration shall be given to the following items during
erection.
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
v)
vi)
vii)
viii)
ix)
ii)
iii)
5.6.5
Frame of building to be true and plumb.
Temporary guying and bracing shall be used to align the framing
during erection, if required.
Temporary bracing may be required to sustain forces
due
to
erection loads
and equipments. Erected parts of the structures
shall be made stable during all stages of erection. The stability of
structures subjected to the action of wind, dead weight and
erection forces shall be attained by observing specified sequence
of erection of vertical and horizontal structural members and by
installing permanent and temporary bracings.
Erection members shall be held securely in place by bolts to take
care of dead load, wind load and erection load.
Free expansion and contraction wherever provided
No final bolting or welding of joints shall be done until the structure
has been properly aligned and consent obtained from Owner /
Consultant.
Erection tools and machinery shall be of suitable capacity for
handling the materials furnished and must be in safe operating
conditions at all times to avoid danger to materials and personnel.
In positioning beams, columns or other steel members the use of
steel sledges shall not be permitted.
The Contractor shall report all failures of the fabricated Steel to fit
together properly to the Owner / Consultant and shall obtain
approval prior to taking corrective measures.
Steel members shall not be allowed to fall or be subject to shock
or impact due to other members being swung into position or for
any other cause.
All exposed bolt holes not required shall be plugged
Erection shall be carried out according to the best modern practices and
as laid down in the IS : 800-1984 and other relevant standards referred
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 46 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
to therein and according to this erection Specification together with
approved erection drawings and Technical Specification.
5.6.6
The Contractor shall design, manufacture, erect and provide false work;
staging, temporary supports, etc. required for safe and accurate erection
of structural steelwork and shall be fully responsible for the adequacy of
the same.
5.6.7
The Contractor shall, if so required by the Owner Consultant, get his
drawings, erection schemes and designs for such false work, staging,
etc. approved by the Owner / Consultant, but such approval by the
Owner / Consultant shall not relieve the Contractor of any of his
responsibilities for the safety of such works. As far as possible,
assemblies of structures shall be made on the ground itself.
5.6.8
The Contractor shall provide adequate supervision at all stages of the
work and examine each portion of the work for accuracy before
commencing the erection of the next structural member. The Contractor
shall also provide facilities such as adequate temporary access ladders,
tools and tackles, instruments, etc. satisfactory to
Owner Consultant
for his inspection at any stage during erection.
5.6.9
Instrumental checking for correctness of initial setting out of structures,
and adjustment of alignment shall be carried out in sequence at different
stages as determined by design as against checking and adjustment of
alignment in one stage after completion of entire erection. The final
levelling and alignment shall be carried out immediately after completion
of each section of a building or when called for by the Owner /
Consultant.
5.6.10 All structural members shall be erected with erection marks in the same
relative position as shown' in the appropriate erection and shop
drawings.
5.7
Field connections
5.7.1
The holes of erection joints required to be machine bolted shall be filled
with temporary bolts and plugs after mounting the structures. The
number of bolts and plugs shall be determined by design but it shall not
be less than 50% of the total number of holes. In joints where the
number of holes is equal to 5 or less, not less than 3 holes shall be filled.
The number of plugs shall be about 20% of the holes filled.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 47 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
5.7.2
The number of washers on permanent bolts shall not be more than two
(and not less than one) for nut and one for the bolt head. Wooden rams
or mallet shall be used in forcing members into position, in order to
protect the metal from injury and shocks. Chipping of edges of plates
shall be done without breaking parent metal. Chipped edges shall be
finished with a file and all short corner and hammered rough faces shall
be rounded off. Chipping with the use of sledge hammer shall only be
permitted in exceptional cases and shall be done without resulting in
fractured edges.
5.7.3
Where bolting is specified on the drawings, the bolts shall be tightened
to the specified limit. The threaded portion of each bolt shall project
through the nut by at least one thread. Tapered washers shall be
provided for all heads and nuts having bearing on bevelled surfaces.
Use of special bolts, such as high strength friction grip bolts, shall be
according to the relevant Indian or other recognized standards and shall
be subject to the prior approval of the Owner / Consultant before use.
5.7.4
Spring washers or lock nuts shall be provided as specified in the
design/shop drawings. All machine fitted bolts shall be perfectly tight and
the ends shall be checked to prevent nuts from becoming loose. No
unfilled holes shall be left in any part of the structures. All field assembly
and welding shall be executed in accordance with the requirements for
shop fabrication. Where the steel has been delivered painted, the paint
shall be removed before field welding, for a distance of at least 50mm on
either side of the joints.
5.7.5
Erection bolts shall be retained in position permanently even after site
welding
5.8
Assembly by high strength friction grip bolts
5.8.1
The mating surfaces shall be absolutely free from grease, lubricant, dust,
rust, etc. and shall be thoroughly cleaned before assembly. The
preparation of the mating surfaces shall be done as specified in the
design drawings.
5.8.2
Nuts shall be tightened up to the specified torque with the help of torque
wrench or by half turn method with the help of pneumatic wrench lever.
Torque value has to be specified in design / fabrication drawings itself.
The direction of tightening of the nuts shall be from the middle towards
the periphery of the joint. The bolt head, nuts and edges of the mating
surfaces shall be sealed with a coat of paint to obviate
entry of
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 48 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
moisture. As far as possible, the diameter of bolts and nature of mating
surface preparation shall be kept uniform to have specified unique
torque.
5.9
Bedding and grouting
5.9.1
Base plates shall be set to elevations shown in the drawings, supported
and aligned using steel wedges and shims or any other approved
method. The supply of wedges, shims and any other material for
alignment shall be the responsibility of the Contractor as part of his
work. Plates shall be levelled, properly positioned and the anchor bolts
properly tightened. The bedding/grouting shall not be carried out until a
sufficient number of columns have been properly aligned, levelled and
plumbed, and sufficient girders, beams, trusses and bracings are in
position to the satisfaction of the Owner / Consultant.
5.9.2
Grouting shall be done before casting of elevated RCC floors , if any,
and before equipments contributing to the loading on columns are
placed in position. No moving equipment shall be tested and no trial run
of any equipment conducted, before grouting has been done and cured
to the satisfaction of the Owner / Consultant.
5.9.3
Grouting shall be minimum M25 grade or one grade higher than the
grade of base concrete with 10 mm and below graded coarse aggregate.
Ready-mix, non-shrink, free-flow grout from recognised manufacturer as
approved by the Owner / Consultant shall be used with pressure
grouting technique to ensure proper filling-up of all void spaces
underneath the base plate. Manufacturer’s recommendations /
instructions shall be followed for proper application of grout material.
5.9.4
5.10
The Contractor shall inform the Owner / Consultant when the base
plates are ready for grouting for their verification. The Contractor shall
be responsible for final vertical and horizontal alignment of all the base
plates.
Painting after erection
The painting shall be as per painting specifications and instructions
given in TS and , in GS for painting works.
5.11
ACCEPTANCE OF WORK
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 49 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
5.11.1 Acceptance of erected steel structures shall
completion of erection of the whole building or in blocks.
be either after
Intermediate acceptance certificates will be given in the following cases
i)
ii)
Any steelwork or part thereof, embedded in concrete.
Steel structures which are to be covered in the process of
carrying out further work.
5.11.2 The following documents shall be prepared
and produced by
the Contractor at the time of acceptance of erected steel structures :i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
v)
6.0
Documents
showing approved deviations made during execution
of erection work.
Documents
showing acceptance
of
embedded structural
steelwork.
Certificates / documents on control checking and test of materials
(if any) and welds.
Data and results of Geodetic measurements while checking the
erection of structures.
Copies of "As Built Drawings" showing thereon all additions and
alterations.
WELDING SPECIFICATIONS
6.1 General
6.1.1
The welding and welded work shall conform to IS:816 and other relevant
codes unless otherwise specified. Electrodes shall conform to IS:814
and shall be approved by the Owner / consultant.
6.1.2
Welding shall be done by Electrical Arc Process. Automatic welding shall
be employed for important structures as specified in the drawings.
Generally, submersed arc, Automatic & Semi-automatic welding shall be
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 50 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
employed. Only where it is not practicable, Manual Arc welding may be
resorted to. In case of Manual Arc Welding,
recommendations
of
electrode manufacturer are to be strictly followed.
6.1.3
Welding shall not be done under such weather conditions which might
adversely affect the efficiency of the welding and where necessary,
effective protection and other safeguards shall be provided.
6.1.4
Only qualified welders suitable for the job shall be employed. The Owner
/ Consultant at his discretion can order periodic tests in accordance with
IS:817 of the welders and / or of the welds produced by them at no extra
cost. Welding shall be done using requisite jigs and fixtures to avoid
distortions or damage to members during / after welding. Welds on
exposed work shall be finished uniformly smooth to present a neat
appearance.
6.1.5
The layouts and sequence of operations shall be arranged so as to
eliminate distortion and shrinkage stress to the satisfaction of the
Inspector. Welding work shall be under constant supervision of
competent welding supervisor and shall be done in a properly organized
manner with the approved quality welding sets and with automatic
welding machines. Detailed welding procedure shall be submitted to
the Owner / Consultant and approval of the same shall be obtained
before fabrication is commenced.
6.2
Welding Procedure
6.2.1
Welding procedure to be prepared by the Contractor shall include the
following :
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
v)
vi)
vii)
viii)
ix)
x)
xi)
xii)
xiii)
Type and size of electrodes.
Current and arc voltage.(for automatic welding)
Length of run per electrode, or (for automatic welding) speed of
travel.
Number and arrangement of runs in multi-run welds.
Position of welding.
Preparation and set-up of parts.
Welding sequence.
Pre or, post-heating.
Specification and thickness of steel
Welding process ( manual arc / submerged arc welding )
Thickness of components meeting at a joint
Pre and post heating requirement
Weather condition – restrictions thereof
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 51 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
xiv)
xv)
xvi)
xvii)
Use of jigs and fixtures
Type of non-destructive testing to be carried out
Inspection procedure to be followed
Sequence and process to be followed in different multiple-pass
butt welding for different plate thicknesses.
.
The welding procedure shall be subject to Owner’s / Consultant’s
approval.
6.2.2
The welding procedure shall be arranged to suit the details of the joints
as indicated in the drawings and the positions in which the welding is to
be carried out. The welds shall meet the requirements of quality
specified.
6.2.3
All electrodes for use in the work to which the specification relates
shall be kept under dry conditions. Electrodes which are damaged
by moisture shall not be used unless it is certified by the manufacturer
that when it is properly dried there shall be no detrimental effect. Any
electrode which has part of its flux coating broken away or is otherwise
damaged shall be discarded.
6.2.4
Low hydrogen electrodes and flux for submerged arc welding shall be
dried at 250- 300 deg. C for one hour in drying oven before use.
6.2.3
At site, the electrodes shall be kept in proper coves while using them for
welding
6.2.4
All metal arc welding shall be as per IS : 9595
6.2.5
Submerged arc welding of mild steel and low alloy steel shall be as per
IS : 4353
6.2.6 For multi-run weld deposit the succeeding run shall be done only after the
preceding run is cleaned of all slag and flux deposits.
6.2.7
The Contractor shall prepare the edges with
an automatically
controlled flame cutting torch followed by grinding correctly to the shape,
size and dimensions of the groove, prescribed in the design and shop
drawings. in case of U-groove joint, the edges shall be prepared with an
automatic flame cutting torch in two passes following a bevel cut with a
gouging pass, or by machining.
6.2.8
The welding surfaces shall be smooth, uniform and free from fins, tears,
notches or any other defect, which may adversely affect welding.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 52 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
Welding surfaces or the surrounding surfaces within 50 mm of weld shall
be free from loose scale, slag, rust, grease, paint, moisture or any other
foreign material. Pre-bending of plates for three plate welded sections
shall be done where found necessary.
6.2.9
Manipulators may be used where necessary and shall be designed to
facilitate welding and to ensure that all welds are easily accessible to the
operators. Where full strength butt welds are specified run-on and run-off
pieces shall be used. The welding shall be such that the face of weld
deposit shall at all places be proud of the surfaces of the parent metal by
1 to 1.5 mm. Where a flush surface is required, the surplus weld metal
shall be ground and dressed off.
6.2.10 After completing each run of weld, all slag shall be thoroughly removed,
and the surface cleaned before starting the next run of weld. The weld
metal, as deposited (including tack welds if to be incorporated) shall be
free from cracks, slag, inclusions, gross porosity, cavities and other
deposition faults. The weld metal shall be properly fused with
the
parent metal without serious undercutting or overlapping at the toes
of the weld. The surfaces of the weld shall have a uniform and consistent
contour and uniform appearance.
6.2.11
All weld runs found defective shall be cut by using either chipping
hammer, gouging torch, or suitable grinding wheel in such a manner
that adjacent material is not injured in any way. Peeling of the welds
involving deformation of the weld surface either during de- slagging or
thereafter shall not be allowed.
6.2.12
Arc-strikes on parent surfaces of structures shall be strictly avoided.
6.3
Control in Welding
6.3.1
The extent of quality control in respect of welds for structural elements
for both statically and dynamically loaded structures shall be as follows
and shall be conducted by the contractor at his own cost:a)
Visual Examination - All welds shall be 100% visually inspected to
check the following:
i)
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Presence of undercuts
Structural
Page 53 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
ii)
iii)
iv)
v)
vi)
Visually identifiable surface cracks in both welds and base
metals.
Unfilled craters
Improper weld profile and size
Excessive reinforcement in weld
Surface porosity
Before inspection, the surface of weld metal shall be cleaned of all
slag, spatter beads, scales etc. by using wire brush or chisel.
b)
Dye Penetration Test (DPT) - This shall be carried out for all
important fillet welds and groove welds for both statically and
dynamically loaded structures to check the following
i)
ii)
Surface cracks
Surface porosities
Dye Penetration Test shall be carried out in accordance with
American National Standard ASTME 166.
c)
Ultrasonic- testing: Ultrasonic test shall be conducted for all
groove welds and heat affected zone in dynamically loaded
structures and for other important load bearing butt welds in
statically loaded structures as desired by Owner, to detect the
following
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
Cracks
Lack of fusion
Slag inclusions
Gas porosity
Ultrasonic testing shall be carried out in accordance with American
National Standard ANSI/AWS DI.1-96. Before ultrasonic test is carried
out, any surface irregularity like undercuts, sharp ridges etc. shall be
rectified. Material surface to be used for scanning by probes must allow
free movement of probes. For this purpose, surface shall be prepared to
make it suitable for carrying out ultrasonic examination.
d)
Radiographic Testing (X-ray and & Gamma-Ray Examination)
This test shall be limited to 2% of length of welds for welds made by
manual or semi- automatic welding and 1% of length of weld if
made by automatic welding machines. The location and extent of
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 54 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
weld to be tested by this method will be decided by Owner to detect
the following defects :
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
v)
gas porosity
slag inclusions
lack of penetration
lack of fusion
cracks
Radiographic testing shall be conducted in accordance with
American National Standard ANSI/AWSDI.1-96. Any surface
irregularity like undercuts, craters pits etc. shall be removed
before conducting radiographic test. The length of weld to be
tested shall not be more than 0.75 x focal distance. The width of
the radiographic film shall be width of the welded joint plus 20 mm
on either side of the weld.
6.3.2
6.4
The Contractor shall provide testing equipment for conducting nondestructive tests for confirming the integrity of welding wherever
necessary as directed by the Owner / consultant.
Acceptable Limits of Defects of Weld
Limits of Acceptability of welding defects shall be as follows:
a)
Visual inspection & Dye Penetration Test
The limits of acceptability of defects detected during visual inspection
and Dye Penetration Test shall be in accordance with American National
Standard ANSI/AWS D1.1-96.
b)
Ultrasonic Testing - The limits of acceptability of defects detected
during ultrasonic testing shall be in accordance with American
National Standard ANSI/AWS D1.1-96.
c)
Radiographic testing - The limits of acceptability of defects detected
during Radiographic testing shall be in accordance with American
National Standard ANSI/AWS D1.1-96
General guidelines for permissible deviations in welding have been
given in Section 11.0 of this document.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 55 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
6.5
Rectification of Defects in Welds
In case of detection of defects in welds, the rectification of the same
shall be done as follows
i)
ii)
iii)
7.0
All
craters in the weld and breaks in the weld run shall be
thoroughly filled with weld.
Undercuts, beyond acceptable limits, shall be repaired with
dressing so as to provide smooth transition of weld to parent metal.
Welds with cracks and also welds with incomplete penetration,
porosity, slag inclusion etc. exceeding permissible limits shall be
rectified by removing the length of weld at the location of such
defects plus 10 mm from both ends of defective weld, and shall be
re-welded. Defective weld shall be removed by chipping hammer
gouging torch or grinding wheel. Care shall be taken not to damage
the adjacent material.
PAINTING OF BUILDING STEEL STRUCTURES
All steel structural work shall be painted as follows unless otherwise
stated in the drawing / Technical Specification. Relevant section of the
GS shall be referred for further guidelines on painting.
7.1
Surface Preparation
The steel surface which is to be painted wall be cleaned of dirt and
grease, and the heavier layers of rust shall be removed by chipping prior
to actual surface preparation to a specified grade.
Following are the type and standards of surface preparation to be
followed based on the requirement of a particular painting system or as
specified in the design drawings.
Manual / Power tool cleaning
Manual/Power
tool cleaning
shall be done as per Grade St-2 or St-3 of Swedish Standard institution
SIS 05 5900 or cl. 7.2.1.1 & 7.2.1.2 of IS : 1477 (Part - I).
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 56 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
Grade St-2 :- Thorough scraping and wire brushing, machine brushing,
grinding , etc - This grade of preparation shall remove loose mill scale,
rust and foreign matter. Finally the surface is to be cleaned with a
vacuum cleaner or with clean compressed air or clean brush. After
preparation, the surface should have a faint metallic sheen. The
appearance shall correspond to the prints designated St-2.
Grade St-3 :- Very thorough scraping and wire brushing, machine
brushing, grinding etc. The surface preparation is same as for St-2 but to
be done much more thoroughly. After preparing the surface, it should
have a pronounced metallic sheen and correspond to the prints
designated St-3.
BLAST CLEANING – Blast cleaning shall be done by shot blasting as
per Grade SA-2 or SA- 2 !/2 as specified in the drawings.
If no grade of surface preparation is specified, St-2 grade of preparation
as per Swedish Standard shall be followed.
7.2
Paints and painting
Guidelines stipulated here shall be considered along with those specified
in GS separately for painting.
7.2.1
Manufacture of paints, mixing of paints, etc - shall be generally
according to the relevant IS codes of practice and as per guidelines in
the General Specification in the relevant chapter.
7.2.2
In the event of conflict between this General Specification for painting
and
the
paint manufacturer's specification, this conflict shall be
immediately brought to the notice of the Owner / Consultant. Generally
in
cases
of
such
conflicts,
manufacturer's
Specification/recommendation shall prevail.
7.2.3
Generally compatibility between primer intermediate and finishing paint
shall be certified by the paint manufacturer supplying the paints. Before
the Contractor buys the paint in bulk, it is recommended to obtain
sample of paint and establish “Control Areas of Painting". On Control
Area, surface preparation and painting shall be carried out in the
presence of the manufacturer of paint.
7.2.4
Control areas shall serve as specimen of painted surfaces, for observing
and recording quality and performance of paint.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 57 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
7.2.5
In case of any doubts, the Contractor shall send samples of paint to
recognized testing laboratories to establish quality of paint with respect
to:
i)
Viscosity
ii) Adhesion/bond of paint to steel surfaces
iii) Adhesion/simulated salt spray test
iv) Chemical analysis/percentage of solid by weight
v) Normal wear resistance as encountered during handling and
erection
vi) Resistance against exposure to acid fumes, and such other tests as
considered necessary by the Owner / Consultant.
Whole system of paint shall be obtained from the same manufacturer.
7.2.6
Guarantee period on paints and painting shall commence from the date
of completion of finishing coat of paint on entire structures. The
guarantee period shall be indicated depending on the type of surface
preparation and system of painting. To fulfil this obligations, the
Contractor may obtain from the painting manufacturer, guarantee for the
performance of paint/painted surfaces.
7.2.7
The painting material as delivered to the Contractor/Applier,
must be in the manufacturer's original containers bearing thereon
manufacturer's name, brand and description. Paint/painting material in
the containers without labels or with illegible labels shall be rejected,
removed from the area and shall not be used. Thinners wherever used
shall be those recommended by the paint manufacturer and shall be
obtained in the containers with manufacturer's name and brand name of
the thinner legibly printed, failing which the thinner is liable to be rejected
and shall not be used.
7.2.8
Wherever shop primer painting is scratched, abraded or damaged, the
surface shall be thoroughly cleaned using emery paper and power driven
wire brush wherever warranted or as directed by the Owner / Consultant,
and touched up with corresponding primer. Touching up paint shall be
matched and blended to conspicuous marks. If more than 50% of the
painting surface of an item requires repair, the entire item shall be
mechanically cleaned and new primer coats followed by finishing coats
shall be applied as per painting Specification.
7.2.9
All field welded areas on shop painted items shall be mechanically
cleaned including the weld area proper, adjacent areas contaminated by
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 58 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
weld splatter or fumes & areas where existing primer / intermediate /
finish paint is burnt.
Subsequently, new primer and finishing coats of paint shall be applied as
per painting Specification.
7.2.10 Application of paint shall be by spraying or brushing as per IS : 486 and
IS . 487 and in uniform layers of 50% overlapping strokes by skilled
painters Painting shall not be done when the temperature is less than 5
degree C or more than 45 degree C and relative humidity is more than
85%; unless manufacturer's recommendations permit. Also painting shall
not be done in foggy weather. During application, paint agitation must be
provided where such agitation is recommended by the manufacturer.
7.2.11
Paint shall be applied at painting manufacturer's recommended rates.
The number of coats shall be such that minimum dry film thickness
specified is achieved. The dry film thickness (DFT) of painted surfaces
shall be checked with ELCOMETER or measuring gauges to ensure
specified DFT.
7.2.12 The inside surfaces of gutter which come in contact with rain water shall
be provided with 2 finishing coats of water resistant, bitumastic paint of
minimum DFT 75 microns, in addition to the primer coats of red oxide
zinc phosphate in phenolic alkyde medium or 2 primer coats of epoxy
based red oxide zinc chromate/epoxy based zinc phosphate of minimum
DFT 25 microns per coat, as given in Specification and drawings. Other
structures shall be painted as per painting system mentioned .
7.2.13 All structures shall receive one coat of primer paint at shop after
fabrication before despatch after surface preparation has been done as
per requirements. Unless otherwise specified all structures after erection
shall be given one coat of primer and two coats of finishing paint of
approved colour and quality. The under coat shall have different tint to
distinguish the same from the finishing coat. Edges, corners, crevices,
depressions, joints and welds shall receive special attention to ensure
that they receive painting coats of required thickness.
7.2.14 Machine-finished surface shall be coated with white lead and tallow
before shipment or before being put out into the open air. Part of steel
structures to be embedded in concrete, shall be given a protective coat
of Portland cement slurry immediately after fabrication after this part is
thoroughly cleaned from grease, rust, mill scales etc. No paint shall be
applied on such parts.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 59 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
7.2.15 Zinc-rich primer paints, which have been exposed several months before
finishing coat is applied, shall be washed down thoroughly to remove
soluble zinc salt deposits. In similar circumstances, the surface of paint
based on epoxy resin should be abraded or lightly blast cleaned to
ensure adhesion of next coat.
7.2.16 Paints selection shall be based on Preferred make list of BSP. Type of
paint ( heat resistant/high corrosion resistant) required to be applied for a
structure shall be approved by BSP and prior permission shall be taken
before application of paint.
8.0
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
8.1
Programme
The Contractor shall prepare a programme showing the date of supply of
steel to his work, and the fabrication and erection of each section of the
structure or structures. The erection dates shall be the dates for
completion of all the follow-up work in addition to main erection keeping
overall completion of project in view. The programme shall include
quantum of different activities of work planned month wise to complete
the work.
8.2
Drawings
8.2.1
The Contractor shall prepare steel structural arrangement drawings
and design drawings along with analysis and design calculation of major
elements and take their approval by Owner / Consultant within the time
schedule as per contract. Necessary number of prints of drawings and
documents; as per contract shall be submitted for approval. The
Contractor shall prepare the fabrication drawings and bill of materials
shall form part of the fabrication drawings which will be included in the
body of the drawing or prepared separately.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 60 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
8.2.2
Even if the drawings are Approved / Commented by the Owner /
Consultant, the Contractor shall not be relieved of the responsibilities for
the accuracy of the detailed dimensions shown in the drawings and the
safety of all structural connections.
8.2.3
Notes on specifications shown on design drawings shall considered as
superseding or overriding the specifications with which they conflict. On
all drawings, dimensions shown in figures shall be acted on. Erection
drawings in requisite number of sets shall be submitted to the Owner /
Consultant showing thereon all authorized additions and alterations in
the process of erection. These drawings shall show the "As-Built
Installations".
8.2.4
Supply and distribution of fabrication drawings. and other documents
like bolt list etc. for the contractors own use or for the use of
his subcontractors shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
8.2.5
The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for the correct setting out
of all steel works and erecting correctly in accordance with alignment
and levels shown on the approved drawings and plumbing of vertical
members. Notwithstanding
any assistance rendered to
the
Contractor by the Owner / Consultant, if at any time during the progress
of the work, any error should appear or arise therein, on being required
to do so, the Contractor at his own cost shall remove and amend the
work to the satisfaction of the Owner/Consultant.
8.2.6
The Contractor shall provide his own measuring instruments for
setting out, levelling and aligning work at his own expense.
8.3
Co-ordination with other Contractors
The structures shall have to be erected suitably detailed with erection of
equipment or construction of civil works. The Contractor shall ensure
spirit of co- operation with other contractors and strict adherence to the
schedule so that erection schedules of the other parties are not affected.
8.4
Staging
Any staging necessary for the pre assembly work of structures shall be
provided by the Contractor.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 61 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
8.5
Rules and regulations of safety, electricity boards, factory etc.
The Contractor shall at all times comply with such rules and regulations
as stipulated in relevant factory acts, electricity rules, safety regulations,
etc.
8.6
Deviations
Should the contractor wish to deviate from any specifications or
approved drawings and /or technical specifications ,he shall obtain the
Owner/Consultant’s
written authority before proceeding with the
deviations.
9.
9.2
9.3
INSPECTION OF STRUCTURES
The Owner / Owner’s Inspector shall have free access at all times to
those parts of Contractor's or his Sub- Contractor's works which are
concerned with the fabrication of steel works and shall be afforded all
reasonable facilities at all stages of preparation, fabrication and trial
assemblies for satisfying himself that the fabrication is being undertaken
in accordance with the provisions of relevant specification.
All gauges and templates, tools, apparatus, labour and assistance for
checking shall be supplied by the contractor free of charge. The Owner /
Inspector may at his discretion, check the test results obtained at the
Contractor's works, by independent test at the Government Test House
or elsewhere, and should the material so tested be found to be
unsatisfactory, the cost of such test shall be borne by the Contractor.
Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements for stage inspection by
Owner/Inspector during the fabrication at shop and incorporate all
on-the-spot instructions / changes conveyed in writing to the Contractor.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 62 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
9.4
Material improperly detailed or wrongly fabricated shall be reported to the
Owner/Inspector and shall be made good as directed. Minor misfits
which can be remedied by moderate use of drift pins, and moderate
amount of reaming and slight chipping may be corrected in that manner,
if in the opinion of the Owner / Inspector the strength or appearance of
the structure shall not be adversely affected. In the event the Owner /
Inspector directs otherwise, the items shall be rejected and a completely
new piece shall be fabricated. The cost of correcting errors shall be to
the account of the Contractor.
9.5
The Owner / Owner’s Inspector shall have the power :
a) To declare, before any structure is submitted for inspection, that the same
is not in accordance with the contract, owing to the adoption of any
unsatisfactory method of fabrication and the same will be rejected.
b) To reject any structure as not being in accordance with specifications &
drawings.
c)
To insist that no structure or parts of the structure once rejected is
resubmitted for inspection/test, except in cases where the Owner /
Inspector authorised representative considers the defects as rectifiable.
9.5.1
If, on rejection of structure by the Owner/Inspector the Contractor fails
to make satisfactory progress within the stipulated period, the Owner /
Inspector shall be at liberty to cancel the contract and fabricate or
authorise the fabrication of the structures at any other place he
chooses, at the risk and cost of the Contractor, without prejudice to any
action being taken in addition to terms of General Conditions of
Contract.
9.5.2
The Owner / Inspector's decision regarding rejection shall be final and
binding on the Contractor.
9.5.3
The specifications prescribe various tests at specified intervals for
ascertaining the quality of the work done. If the tests prove
unsatisfactory, Owner/Inspector shall have liberty to order the
Contractor to re-do the work, done in that period and/ or to order such
alterations and strengthening that may be necessary at the cost of the
Contractor and the contractor shall be bound to carryout such orders
failing which the rectification/redoing shall be done by the Owner
through other agencies and the cost recovered from the Contractor.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 63 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
9.5.4 Notwithstanding any inspection at the workshop the Owner/Inspector shall
have the liberty to reject, without being liable for compensation any
fabricated members or materials brought to site that do not conform to
specifications / drawings.
9.5.5 All rejected materials shall be removed from the site of fabrication by the
Contractor at his own cost and within the time stipulated by the
Owner/Inspector.
10.0
10.1
QUALITY SYSTEM AND THIRD PARTY INSPECTION.
GENERAL
Inspection shall be carried out at the works of the Contractor during
fabrication and on final product to ensure conformity of the same with the
acceptable criteria of technical specifications, approved fabrication
drawings and indicated standards.
10.1.1 This specification is in addition to the provisions laid down in Owner's
General Condition of Contract (GCC) and special instructions to
Contractor, if any.
10.2
QUALITY SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS.
The Contractor must recognise the importance of quality and follow the
defined quality programme in all manufacturing and quality control
activities of the product. The Contractor shall define and implement the
tasks and controls that shall provide needed assurance in case
manufacturing of product is sub-contracted either partly or fully and / or
for the procured components of the product. All bought-out components,
if any, shall be procured from approved list of vendors issued by the
Project Authority.
Owner reserves the right to verify the quality programme and entire
product characteristics to assure the intended and specified quality of the
product.
10.3
QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN (QAP)
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 64 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
10.3.1 The Contractor shall furnish the Quality Assurance Plan (QAP) for the
respective structural unit / component after finalisation of billing schedule
for Owner's approval at least two months prior to start of manufacturing.
10.3.2 The Contractor shall indicate the procurement source and furnish to
Owner during discussions on QAP, copies of Owner Order, Sub-Owner
Order, and data sheets as backup reference materials for scrutiny &
finalisation of QAP.
10.3.3 QAP shall be prepared & furnished by the Contractor in the prescribed
format (enclosed as Annexure- B) for structural components, in four sets.
10.3.4 Inspection and test requirements shall be decided with due consideration
of factors like safety, duty cycle, operating conditions, equipment life,
environmental conditions, place of installation and statutory regulations,
as applicable, for a particular component. Any, additional type or special
test or routine tests if found necessary to establish the intended quality,
shall be incorporated in the QAP on mutual agreement without any
commercial implication.
10.3.5 Detailed QAP shall be prepared by the Contractor based on the general
plan given by Owner and shall be approved by Owner to avoid any
complication later.
10.3.6 QAP shall clearly indicate the followings through use of codes in the
appropriate columns:
a) Range of inspection & tests to be done by the Contractor during
fabrication of structures from raw materials to finishing stage.
b) Suggestive check / hold points for Owner's inspection and
witnessing of tests during the fabrication and final product inspection.
c) Details of test certificates, internal inspection reports and calibration
certificates to be furnished by the Contractor to Owner.
d) Inspection documents to be furnished by the Contractor to Owner
for reference during inspection.
10.3.7 Sampling method for lot inspection of similar bulk items, if any, shall be
indicated under column 16 of QAP with linkage to applicable standard.
10.3.8 While submitting the QAP, the Contractor shall indicate the acceptance
criteria under column 15 of QAP form regarding check parameters of each
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 65 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
component. Acceptance criteria shall have reference of documents viz.
Owner Order, Sub-Owner Order, T.S., Approved fabrication drawings.
Wherever the acceptance criterion is not available in above documents,
the same shall be specified with traceability to national / international
specifications.
10.4
INDICATIVE SURVEILLANCE BY OWNER.
10.4.1 Surveillance level of Owner may vary from component to component as
per product characteristics.
Indicative extent of inspection for buildings and structures is furnished
below for guidance of Contractors in developing QAP.
Categories of Equipment
------------------------------i) Manufactured items
(Structural fabricated
and welded)
Extent of Inspection.
-----------------------Material & manufacturer’s test certificate
to be submitted by giving inspection call
for the main equipment in the final stage.
Scrutiny of welding procedure and welder's qualification record shall be
carried out if required as per governing code.
Following checks / tests shall be carried out in the final stage:
Visual inspection
-
Alignment and fitment checking
-
Dimensional checking
Weld inspection - visual and NDT as per design requirements.
Radiographs are to be shown and reports to be submitted to Owner for
review during inspection, if applicable.
10.5
CALIBRATION OF MEASURING EQUIPMENT.
10.5.1 All the measuring equipment used for inspection & testing shall be
calibrated and appropriate accuracy class of measuring equipment shall
be used. Calibration standards used for calibration of measuring
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 66 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
equipment shall be traceable to national standards of National Physical
Laboratory (NPL), New Delhi with unbroken chains of comparison.
10.5.2 Calibration Certificate of All Measuring Equipments.
Valid calibration certificates for all measuring equipments used during
inspection and testing with traceability to national standards of NPL /
NPL accredited laboratories shall be furnished along with inspection call
prior to undertaking inspection by Owner.
Calibration certificates shall also indicate reference number of calibration
standards calibrated by NPL / NPL accredited laboratories and copies of
such calibration certificates of calibration standards shall also be
furnished when asked for.
10.6
TEST CERTIFICATES AND DOCUMENTS.
10.6.1 For each of the items being fabricated, the following test certificates and
documents, as applicable, in requisite copies including original shall be
submitted to Inspection Agency. All test certificates must be endorsed by
the Contractor with linkage to project, purchase order and acceptance
criteria.
i)
Raw materials identification & physical and chemical test
certificates for all materials used in fabrication of the component (except
IS 2062-1992).
ii)
WPS, PQR & WPQ Documents as per applicable code.
iii) Details of stage-wise inspection & rectification records for
fabricated items and machined articles.
iv) Control dimension chart with records of alignment, trueness of
shape, etc.
v) Details of heat-treatment and stress relieving charts as per
specification.
vi)
Non-Destructive Test reports as per respective code.
vii) Hardness test certificate.
viii) Performance Test Certificates for all characteristics.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 67 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
ix)
Geometric accuracy and repeatability test reports of machine tools.
x)
Surface preparation and painting certificates.
xi) Certificates from competent authority for the items coming under
statutory regulations.
10.6.2 The Inspection Agency shall have the right to be present and witness all
tests being carried out by the Contractor at their own laboratory or
approved laboratories. Also, the Inspection Agency shall reserve the right
to call for confirmatory test on samples, at his discretion.
10.7
MANUFACTURING AND INSPECTION SCHEDULE
The Contractor shall submit the schedule for fabrication and inspection
indicating components/ assembly / sub-assembly, date of approval of
drawings / data sheets, address of Fabricator with contact person and
scheduled date of inspection. Such reports shall be submitted to Owner
with a copy to Inspection Coordinating Office once in a month. These
monthly reports shall state the planning for next three months.
Submission of first report must commence one month prior to
commencement of fabrication activities of the component.
10.8
INTERNAL INSPECTION BY CONTRACTOR
10.8.1 The Contractor in accordance with approved drawings, T.S., Owner
Order, and approved QAP shall carry out inspection and tests. The
Contractor shall maintain records of each inspection and test carried out
and signed documents shall be submitted to Owner for verification.
10.8.2 The Contractor shall carry out their internal inspection & obtain clearance
from statutory bodies e.g. IBR, CCE, TAC, Weights & Measures, safety,
IE rules etc. as and where applicable, prior to offering any component for
Owner's inspection in accordance with approved QAP.
10.8.3 The Contractor shall ensure use of appropriate calibrated measuring
equipment during their internal inspection, as well as, make available the
same during Owner's inspection and tests. Also, they shall make
necessary arrangement for access and use of Owner owned measuring
equipment during inspection.
10.8.4 The Contractor shall identify all the inspected component / raw materials
& shall maintain the record of status of inspection viz. inspected & found
acceptable, require rectification / rework, rejected etc.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 68 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
10.8.5 The Contractor shall establish and maintain procedures to ensure that
product that does not conform to specified requirements, is prevented
from inadvertent use or installation. The description of non-conformity
that has been accepted subsequently by Owner by concession and / or
of repairs shall be recorded.
Repaired and reworked product shall be offered for re-inspection to
Owner along with records of corrective action taken.
10.8.6 The Contractor shall not despatch any equipment till receipt of despatch
clearance from Owner.
10.9
METHOD OF UNDERTAKING INSPECTION & TESTING BY OWNER.
10.9.1 Agency Responsible:Inspection / Waiver of component shall be undertaken by various
MECON Offices depending upon the location of manufacturers.
10.9.2
Method of Issuing Inspection Call to MECON:
(i) Inspection call shall be given only on readiness of the assembly /
sub-assembly and approval of all relevant drawings and QAP. In case
assembly sub - assembly offered for inspection are found not ready, all
the cost of visit of Owner's personnel shall have to be borne by the
Contractor. Also, if the assembly / sub-assembly after inspection found
not acceptable, require rework and involve Owner's re-inspection, all the
cost of such re-inspections shall also be borne by the Contractor.
(ii) Inspection call shall be floated to Owner with ten days clear
margin, enclosing all documents like test Certificates, Internal Inspection
Reports, Purchase Order, Sub-Purchase Order, T.S., Approved QAP,
approved GA drawings/ data sheets and fabrication drawings with a copy
of call letter to Inspection Co-ordinating Office. Inspection calls without
above documents shall be ignored.
(iii) The supplier shall offer substantial quantities for economical
inspection consistent with the size of order.
10.10
OBLIGATIONS OF CONTRACTOR.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 69 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
10.10.1
The Contractor shall provide all facilities and ensure full and free
access of the Inspection Engineer of Owner to the Contractor's or their
Sub-Contractor's premises at any time during contract period, to
facilitate him to carry out inspection & testing of the product during or
after manufacture of the same.
10.10.2
The Contractor shall delegate a Representative / Co-ordinate to deal
with Owner / Consultant on all inspection matters. Also, Contractor's
Representative shall be present during all inspection at
Sub-Contractor's works.
10.10.3
The Contractor shall comply with instructions of the Inspection
Engineer fully and with promptitude.
10.10.4
The Contractor / Sub-Contractor shall provide all instruments, tools,
necessary testing & other inspection facilities to Inspection Engineer
free of cost for carrying out inspection.
10.10.5
The cost of testing welds by ultrasonic, radiographic and dye
penetration tests etc. in the fabrication workshop shall be borne by the
Contractor.
10.10.6
The Contractor shall ensure that the assembly / component of the plant
and equipment required to be inspected, are not dismantled or
despatched before inspection.
10.10.7 The Contractor shall not offer equipment for inspection in painted
condition unless otherwise agreed in writing by Owner / Consultant.
10.10.8
The Contractor shall ensure that the equipment and materials once
rejected by the Inspection Engineer are not re-used in the manufacture
of the plant and equipment. Where parts rejected by the Inspection
Engineer have been rectified, as per agreed procedures laid down in
advance, such parts shall be segregated for separate inspection and
approval, before being used in the work.
10.11
STAMPING AND ISSUE OF INSPECTION DOCUMENTS.
Inspection Memo: For stage inspection & for rejected items / items which do not conform
to Technical Specification in one or more quality characteristics
requiring rectification / rework, Inspection Memo shall be issued in
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 70 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
standard form indicating therein the details of observation & remarks.
Fabricator shall indicate all the non-conformities with respect to
specification of the product in the Inspection Memo for further control.
Inspection Certificate: On satisfactory completion of final inspection & testing by Owner / Third
Party Inspector, all accepted plant & equipment shall be stamped
suitably and the Inspection Engineer for the accepted items shall issue
Inspection Certificate in standard form.
Inspection Waiver Certificate: For the waiver category of items identified in the approved QAP,
Owner shall issue Inspection Waiver Certificate after scrutiny of
Contractor's Internal Inspection Report, Test Certificates and other
Documents as identified in QAP.
10.12.
GENERAL CLAUSES
10.12.1
Inspection & tests carried out by Owner / Third Party Inspector shall
not absolve the responsibility of the Contractor to provide acceptable
product nor shall it preclude subsequent rejection.
10.12.2
Owner / Third Party Inspector reserves the right to inspect any product
at any stage of manufacturing without prior notice to Contractor beyond
pre-identified stages & hold points of approved QAP.
11.
PERMISSIBLE DEVIATION IN ASSEMBLY OF WELDED JOINTS
A) SQUARE BUTT-JOINT
a) Gap between the ends of plates
b) Stepping of one plate over the other
: + 1.0 mm
: + 1.0 mm
B) SINGLE VEE-GROOVE JOINT
a) Bevel angle
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
: + 5 deg
Structural
Page 71 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
b) Gap between two plates
c) Stepping of one plate over the other
d) Root thickness
: + 1.0 mm
: + 2.0 mm
: + 1.0 mm
C) LAP JOINT
a) Over lap
b) Gap between the surfaces
: + 5.0 mm
: + 1.0 mm
D) TEE FILLET JOINT
a) Gap between the edge of the web and
the surface of the flange
: + 2.0 mm
E) DOUBLE VEE-GROOVE JOINT
a)
b)
c)
d)
12.
Stepping of plate over one another
Deviation in value of root thickness
Deviation in bevel angle
Deviation in value of gap
: + 2.0 mm
: + 1.0 mm
: + 1.0 mm
: + 1.0 mm
PERMISSIBLE DEVIATIONS IN FABRICATION & ERECTION
TABLE – 1
DUST CATCHER SHELL
Description
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Tolerance in mm
Structural
Page 72 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
Ellipticity
(max.
difference between
diameters ) of the
cylindrical
and
conical portions.
0.005
of
the
theoretical diameter
of the cylinder and
conical portion.
TABLE – 2
BLAST FURNACE SHELL
DESCRIPTION
DEVIATION IN mm
Ellipticity (max. difference
in diameters) of a course.
+ 0.002 of the
theoretical diameter
of the course.
0.1 of shell thickness
but not more than 3
mm.
Stepping of the edges of
plates in the vertical and
circular weld joint.
Local warping of shell
along
the
generatrix
and
periphery
as measured by gauge
over the
length of 1500 mm.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 73 of 83
Not more than 15 mm.
GS-04
General Technical Specification
Caving in or bulging of
joints
measured by gauge over
a length of 200 mm.
5
Note : H - height measured from the base of the point of alignment.
TABLE – 3
COVERAGE OF NDT FOR WELDS
STRUCTURE NORMS FOR CONTROLLING AS A % OF PLACES
TO
BE
TOTAL LENGTH OF WELDING ( NOT SUBJECTED
TO
LESS THAN ) FOR
RADIOGRAPHIC
TESTING
COMPULSORILY
RADIOGRAPHIC
TESTING
ULTRMANUAL
& AUTOMATIC
SONIC
SEMITESTING AUTOMATIC
BF Shell
100
Stoves, hot 100
blast main &
bustle main
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
3
2.0
10
1.5
Structural
Page 74 of 83
Portions
of
the
welded joint found
defective
by
ultrasonic testing
Portions
of
the
welded joint found
defective
by
ultrasonic testing and
crossing of welded
joint
GS-04
General Technical Specification
Dust catcher,
Junction
&
places
of
variable cross
sections by
the following
norms
without
ultrasonic
testing
with
100
ultrasonic
testing
Portions
of
gas pipelines
from BF to
DC & DC to
GCP
--
--
3
1.5
Crossing
joint
1
0.5
Portions
of
the
welded joints found
defective
by
ultrasonic welding
1
0.5
of welded
Portions
of
the
welded joints found
defective
by
ultrasonic testing
TABLE – 4
ERECTION TOLERANCES
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 75 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
DESCRIPTION
TOLERANCE
(mm)
COLUMNS
Deviation of column axes at foundation top level
with respect to true axes
In longitudinal direction
In lateral direction
Deviation in the level
bearing surface of
columns at foundation top level with respect to
true level .
Out-of-plumbness (verticality of column axis
from true vertical axis, as measured at column
top :
For columns without any special requirements
Up to and including 30 M height
Over 30 M height
For columns with special requirement like cranes
or such similar requirements.
Upt o and including 30 M height
±5
± H/1000 or
±25
mm
whichever is
less.
± H/1200 or
±35 mm max.
± H/1000 or
±20
mm
whichever is
less.
± H/1500 or
±25 mm max.
Over 30 M height
Deviations in straightness in longitudinal and
transverse plans of columns at any point along
the height.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
±5
±5
Structural
Page 76 of 83
± H/1000 or
±10
mm
whichever is
less.
GS-04
General Technical Specification
Difference in the erected position adjacent
pairs of columns along with cross width of
building prior to connecting trusses/beams with
respect to true distance.
±5
Deviation in any bearing or seating level with
respect to true level.
±5
Deviation in difference in bearing levels of a
member on adjacent pair of columns both across
and along the building.
±5
Note :
Tolerance specified under 3(a) & 3(b) should be read in conjunction with
4 & 5.
'H' above is the column height in mm.
contnd..
DESCRIPTION
TOLERANCES (mm)
TRUSSES
± 1/250 of height of
Shift, at the centre of span of top chord member truss at centre of span
with respect to the vertical plan passing through or
the centre of bottom chord.
± 15 mm whichever is
less.
Lateral shift of top chord of truss at the centre of ± 1/1500 of height of
span from the vertical plan passing through the truss at centre of span
centre of supports of the truss.
or
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 77 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
± 10 mm whichever is
less.
Lateral shift in location of truss from its true
vertical position.
± 10 mm
Lateral shift in location of purlins from its true
positions.
±5
Deviation in difference of bearing levels of L/1200 or ± 20 mm
trusses or beam from the true difference.
whichever is less ( L =
span )
contnd..
DESCRIPTION
TOLERANCES (mm)
CRANE GIRDERS & RAILS
Shift in the centre line of crane rail with respect ± ( web thickness + 2
to centre line of web of crane girder.
)/2
Shift in plan of alignment of crane rail with
respect to true axis of crane rail at any point.
±5
Deviations in crane track gauge with respect to
true crane gauge.
For track gauge up to and including 15 M.
±5
For track gauge more than 15 M.
( 5 + 0.25 ( S-15 )
subject to a max. of
10 mm, where S in
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 78 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
meters is true track
gauge.
Deviations in crane rail level at any point from
true level.
± 10
Difference in levels between crane track rails (
across the bay ) at :
Support of crane girder
Mid span of crane girders
± 15
± 20
2 mm subject to
Relative shift of crane rail surfaces at a joint in grinding of surfaces
plan and elevations.
for smooth transitions.
Relative shift in location of crane stops ( end 1/1000 of track gauge
S in mm subject to
buggers ) along the crane track gauge.
max. of 20 mm
CHIMNEYS & TOWERS
Out of plumbness ( vertically from the true 1/1000 of the height of
vertical axis ).
chimney or tower in
mm.
BUNKERS
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Deviation in length of bunker from the true
length.
± 1/1000 of
length in mm
Deviation in width of bunker from the true width.
± 1/1000 of
width in mm
Deviation in height
height.
± 1/1000 of
height in mm
of bunker from the true
Structural
Page 79 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
BF SHELL
Ellipticity ( the maximum difference in diameter
in diameter ) of courses .
0.002 of the
theoretical
diameter
of
the courses.
STOVE SHELL
The dome centre
bottom centre.
shift with respect to the
Ellipticity
± 20
0.002 of the
nominal
diameter
TOP STRUCTURES
Shift of frame centre from the designed position.
Non horizontality of girders
± 20 mm
3 mm per 1 m of
girder length.
DOWN COMERS
Erection and sag of down comers
0.0015 L but not more
than 80 mm. ( L is the
length of pipeline )
GAS PIPELINE SUPPORTS
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Structural
Page 80 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
Deviations of support axes from the vertical 0.002 h, but not more
plane.
than 20 mm, h is the
height of the support.
GAS & AIR
Distortion of flange /surfaces (except for the 2 mm per 1 m of
furnace top one ) with respect to the branch flange diameter.
pipe/ pipe socket axis.
DUST CATCHER
Ellipticity
0.003 of the nominal
diameter
of
the
course.
BUSTLE PIPE
The deviations of the bottom level ( of the shell )
of the ring pipe ( measured along the axis of air
tuyere ) from the designed one.
Ellipticity
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
± 10 mm
0.003
of
the
theoretical diameter.
Structural
Page 81 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
Note :
The tolerances given at Sections 11 and 12 above, are meant as general
guidelines , mainly for technological structures , and for those not
covered in IS Codes.
Tolerances for fabrication and erection in general, shall be as per
stipulations of IS : 7215-1974 , and IS : 12843 -1989.
In case of a conflict between the guidelines given in IS Codes and this
Specification, those specified herein shall prevail.
ANNEXURE-A
Permissible deviations in pitch and gauge of holes for bolts of normal
accuracy ( high strength bolts included )
Hole diameter Permissible
Description
(mm)
deviations
In spacing
(mm)
1
2
3
a) Deviation Upto 17.0
+1
in the hole Above 17.0 +1.5
diameter
b) Ovality
Upto 17.0;
+1
(difference Above 17.0; +1.5
between the
biggest and
the smallest
diameter)
c) Curves,
__
__
exceeding
1mm and
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Permissible deviations
in each group of holes
Carbon
Steel
4
Low Alloyed
Steel
5
No limits
No limits
Not permissible
Structural
Page 82 of 83
GS-04
General Technical Specification
cracks on
the hole
edges
d) (i) Non-coin- -cidence of
holes in
separate
details of
the assembled unit,
upto 1mm
(ii) Above 1 mm -upto 1.5 mm
e) Slope of axis
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
--
--
Upto 50%
Upto 50%
--
Upto 10%
Upto 10%
Upto 30%
No
of the
Limits
thickness
of unit
Structural
Page 83 of 83
No
Limits
GS-04
INSPECTION
(CHAPTER-05)
STEEL AUTHORITY OF INDIA LIMITED
BHILAI STEEL PLANT
GENERAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
QUALITY SYSTEM, INSPECTION &
TEST OF PLANT / EQUIPMENT AT
MANUFACTURER’S PREMISES
(GS – 05)
MECON LIMITED
RANCHI – 834002
No. MEC/S/1901/11/38/0/00/00/F1889/R2
JULY, 2007
General Technical Specification
CONTENTS
SL. NO.
DESCRIPTION
PAGE NO.
01.
GENERAL
1
02
QUALITY SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
1
03
QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN
1
04
CALIBRATION OF MEASURING EQUIPMENT
2
05
TEST CERTIFICATES & DOCUMENTS
2
06
INTERNAL
INSPECTION
TENDERER/MANUFACTURER
07
MANUFACTURING & INSPECTION SCHEDULE
3
08
METHOD OF UNDERTAKING INSPECTION & TESTING BY
MECON/BSP
4
09
OBLIGATIONS OF SUCCESSFUL TENDERER
4
10
STAMPING AND ISSUE OF INSPECTION DOCUMENTS
5
11
GENERAL CLAUSES
5
BY
SUCCESSFUL
3
ENCLOSURES:
i)
Form No. 11.20.(DQM)F-09 Rev-0 - QAP for Structural & Mechanical Equipment
ii)
Form No. 11.20.(DQM)F-10 Rev-0 - QAP for Electrical Equipment
iii)
Form No. 11.20.(DQM)F-11 Rev-0 - QAP for Refractory Materials
iv)
Form No. 11.20.(DQM)F-5/2 Rev-0 - Inspection Call Proforma
v)
LIST OF MECON OFFICES and Contact Address Details
© 2006 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Contents
Page 1 of 1
GS-05
General Technical Specification
GENERAL SPECIFICATION ON QUALITY SYSTEM, INSPECTION & TEST OF PLANT &
EQUIPMENT AT MANUFACTURER'S PREMISES
1.0
GENERAL
1.1
Inspection & testing of plant & equipment shall be carried out by Consultant/ Purchaser
at the works of successful tenderer during manufacturing and/or on final product to
ensure conformity of the same with the acceptable criteria of technical specifications,
approved drawings, manufacturing drawings and applicable national / international
standards.
2.0
QUALITY SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
The successful tenderer must recognise the importance of quality and follow defined
quality programme in all stages of. manufacturing and quality control activities of the
product. Contractor must define and implement the tasks and controls that will provide
needed assurance, in case manufacturing of product is sub-contracted either partly or
fully and/or for the procured components of the product. All bought-out equipment or
component shall be procured from vendors which are duly approved by the project
authority.
Consultant/ Purchaser reserve the right to verify the quality programme of tenderer & its
vendors/sub- vendors to assure the effectiveness of the programme to meet the intended
and specified quality of the product.
3.0
QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN (QAP)
3.1
The successful tenderer shall furnish Quality Assurance Plan (QAP) for respective
equipment after completion of detailed engineering and finalisation of billing schedule /
equipment identification number for Consultant's approval at least one month prior
to start of manufacturing.
3.2
QAP shall be prepared & furnished by Contractor in Form Nos. 11.20(DQM) F- 09,10 ,
11 (specimen copy enclosed) / detailed manufacturing QAP for structural &
mechanical equipment, electrical equipment and refractory materials respectively ,
QAPs must be submitted in four ( 4 ) sets duly signed and stamped by tenderer for
MECON approval .
3.3
The successful tenderer shall indicate procurement source and furnish to Consultant,
during the submission of QAP, copies of P.O., Sub-P.O., T.S., approved GA drawings/
data sheets & detailed manufacturing drawings, as backup reference materials for
scrutiny & final approval by Consultant. The submission & subsequent approval of QAPs
shall be ensured to be restricted to one round only.
3.4
Inspection and test requirements shall be decided with due consideration of factors like
safety, duty cycle, operating conditions, equipment life, environmental conditions, place
of installation and statutory regulations, as applicable, for a particular equipment. Any,
additional type or special tests or routine tests if found necessary to establish the
intended quality after detailed engineering then the same shall have to be incorporated in
the QAP without any commercial implication.
3.5
Detailed QAP shall be prepared by the successful tenderer in consultation with their
Sub-contractors / Manufacturers to avoid any complicacy later .
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Inspection
Page 1 of 5
GS-05
General Technical Specification
4.0
CALIBRATION OF MEASURING EQUIPMENT
4.1
All the measuring equipment used for inspection & testing shall be calibrated and
appropriate accuracy class of measuring equipment shall be used. Calibration standards
used for calibration of measuring equipment shall be traceable to national standards of
National Physical Laboratory (NPL), New Delhi with unbroken chains of comparison.
4.2
Valid calibration certificate for all measuring equipment used during inspection and
testing at manufacturer’s works, with traceability to national standards of NPL/ NABL
accredited laboratories shall be furnished prior to undertaking inspection by Consultant/
Purchaser.
Calibration certificate shall also indicate reference no. of calibration standards calibrated
by NPL/NABL accredited laboratories and copies of such calibration certificates of
calibration standards shall be included in the compiled dossiers of inspection/test results.
5.0
TEST CERTIFICATES AND DOCUMENTS
5.1
For each of the items being manufactured as per approved QAP , following test
certificates and documents, as applicable for each of the equipment, in requisite copies
including original, duly
endorsed by the Manufacturer/successful tenderer with
appropriate linkage to project, purchase order and acceptance criteria etc shall be
submitted to Consultant/ Purchaser.
i)
Raw materials identification & physical and chemical test certificates for all materials
used in manufacture of the equipment (except IS: 2062-1999 Gr.A & IS: 210-1993,
FG-150).
ii)
WPS, PQR & WPQ documents as per applicable code.
iii)
Details of stagewise inspection & rectification records for fabricated items, castings,
forgings and machined articles.
iv) Control dimension chart with records of alignment, squareness etc.
v)
Manufacturer's material and performance/relevant test certificates for all bought-out
items.
vi) Details of heat-treatment and stress relieving charts as per specification.
vii) Non-Destructive Test reports as per respective code.
viii) Static/dynamic balancing certificate for rotating components/machines.
ix) Hardness test certificate.
x)
Pressure/Leakage Test Certificates.
xi) Performance Test Certificates for all characteristics.
xii) Routine / type / calibration /acceptance / special test ( Type Tests etc) certificates for
electrical items.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Inspection
Page 2 of 5
GS-05
General Technical Specification
xiii) Surface preparation and painting certificates.
xiv)
Certificates from competent authority for the items coming under statutory
regulations.
5.2
Where physical and chemical test certificates of material are not available, the successful
tenderer/Sub-contractor shall arrange to have specimens and test samples of the
materials, tested in his own laboratory at his cost and submit the copies of test results in
requisite numbers to Consultant/Purchaser for review. Number of test samples against
each heat/cast/lot or batch of materials, as applicable shall be as per relevant Indian or
International Standards.
5.3
Where facilities for testing do not exist in the successful tenderer/Sub-contractor's
laboratories or in case of any dispute, samples and test pieces shall be drawn by the
successful tenderer/Sub-contractor in presence of Consultant/ Purchaser and sealed
sample shall be sent to any Govt. approved /NABL accredited laboratory for necessary
tests at former’s own cost.
5.4
The Consultant/ Purchaser shall have the right to be present and witness all tests being
carried out by the successful tenderer/Sub- contractor at their own laboratory or
approved laboratories. Also, the Inspection Agency shall reserve the right to call for
confirmatory test on samples, at his discretion.
6.0
INTERNAL INSPECTION BY SUCCESSFUL TENDERER/MANUFACTURER
6.1
Inspection and tests shall be carried out by Contractor/ Manufacturer in accordance with
approved drawings, T.S., P.O., and approved QAP. They shall maintain records of each
inspection and test carried out and signed documents shall be submitted to
Purchaser/Consultant for verification.
6.2
The successful tenderer shall carry out their internal inspection & obtain clearance from
statutory bodies e.g. IBR, CCE, TAC, Weights & Measures, safety, IE rules etc. prior
to offering any equipment for Purchaser/Consultant's inspection in accordance with
approved QAP.
6.3
The successful tenderer/ Manufacturers shall identify all the inspected
equipment/component/raw materials & shall maintain the record of status of inspection
viz. inspected & found acceptable, require rectification/rework, rejected etc.
6.4
The successful tenderer shall establish and maintain procedures to ensure that the
product that does not conform to specified requirements, is prevented from inadvertent
use or installation. The description of non-conformity that has been accepted
subsequently by Consultant/ Purchaser by concession and/or of repairs, shall be
recorded.
Repaired and reworked product shall be offered for re- inspection to Consultant/
Purchaser alongwith records of corrective action taken.
7.0
MANUFACTURING AND INSPECTION SCHEDULE
All contractors shall submit the schedule for manufacturing and inspection indicating
equipment / components, sub- assembly/ assembly. Date of approval of drawings / data
sheets. Address of manufacturer with contact person and scheduled date of inspection.
Such reports shall be submitted to respective Consultant Inspecting Offices with a copy
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Inspection
Page 3 of 5
GS-05
General Technical Specification
to Inspection Co- ordinating Office once in a month. These monthly reports shall state the
planning for next three months. Submission of first reports must commence one month
prior to commencement of manufacturing activities of the product.
8.0
METHOD
OF
UNDERTAKING
CONSULTANT/PURCHASER
8.1
Inspection call shall be given only on readiness of
the equipment/ assembly/
sub-assembly & after approval of all relevant drawings and QAP. In case, equipment/
assembly/ sub-assembly offered for inspection are found not ready, all the cost of visit of
Consultant's engineer shall have to be borne by the successful tenderer.
INSPECTION
&
TESTING
BY
If the equipment/assembly/sub-assembly after inspection found not acceptable, require
rework and involve Consultant's re- inspection, all the cost of such re-inspections shall
also have to be borne by the successful tenderer,.
8.2
Inspection call shall be floated to Consultant, in the enclosed Form
No.11.20(DQM)F-05/2.REV-0 duly filled in, with ten days clear margin, enclosing all
documents like test Certificates, Internal Inspection Reports, P.O., Sub-P.O., T.S.,
Approved QAP, approved GA drawings/ data sheets and manufacturing drawings.
Inspection calls without above documents shall be treated as invalid and shall be
ignored. The hard copy of such documents must also accompany a CD ( comprising
computer readable files ) containing the identical documents .
8.3
The successful tenderer shall offer substantial quantities for economical inspection
consistent with the size of order.
8.4
On receipt of the Inspection call, pertaining to particular package / equipment / item, QA
& Inspection group of Consultant, Ranchi ( Overall co-ordinating office for Inspection
activities ) shall organize inspection visit or will issue Inspection assignment to other
Consultant’s office ( based on nearness to the vendor's manufacturing works / relevant
job expertise ). For further inspection pertaining to the same package / equipment / item,
successful tenderer may forward the subsequent inspection calls to the respective
Consultant’s offices ( as identified per initial assignment ), with a copy to QA & Inspection
Section, Ranchi.
9.0
OBLIGATIONS OF SUCCESSFUL TENDRER
9.1
The successful tenderer shall provide all facilities and ensure full and free access of the
Inspection Engineer of Purchaser/Consultant to their own or their Sub-Contractor's
premises at any time, during contract period, to facilitate him to carry out inspection &
testing of the product during or after manufacture of the same.
9.2
The successful tenderer shall delegate a Representative / Co-ordinator to deal with
Consultant/ Purchaser on all inspection matters. Representative of successful tenderer
shall be present during all inspection at Sub-Contractor's works.
The successful tenderer shall comply with instructions of Consultant/ Purchaser fully and
with promptitude.
9.3
9.4
The successful tenderer/ Sub-Contractor shall provide all instruments, tools, necessary
testing & other inspection facilities to Consultant/ Purchaser free of cost for carrying out
inspection.
9.5
The cost of testing welds by ultrasonic, radiographic and dye penetration tests etc. in the
fabrication workshop shall be borne by the successful tenderer .These tests need to be
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Inspection
Page 4 of 5
GS-05
General Technical Specification
witnessed by ASNT/ISNT Level-II qualified NDT personals
9.6
The successful tenderer shall ensure that the equipment/assembly/ component of the
plant and equipment required to be inspected, are not dismantled or dispatched before
inspection.
9.7
The successful tenderer shall not offer equipment for inspection in painted condition
unless otherwise agreed in writing by Consultant/ Purchaser.
9.8
The successful tenderer shall ensure that the equipment and materials once rejected by
the Consultant/Purchaser, are not re-used in the manufacture of the plant and
equipment. Where parts rejected during inspection have been rectified as per agreed
procedures laid down in advance, such parts shall be segregated for separate inspection
and approval, before being used in the work.
10.0
STAMPING AND ISSUE OF INSPECTION DOCUMENTS
10.1
Inspection Memo:- For rejected items/items, which do not conform to Technical
Specification in one or more quality characteristics requiring rectification / rework,
Inspection Memo shall be issued indicating therein the details of observation &
remarks. All the non-conformities with respect to specification of the product shall be
indicated in the Inspection Memo for further quality control by successful tenderer.
10.2
Inspection Certificate:- On satisfactory completion of final inspection & testing, all
accepted plant & equipment shall be stamped suitably and Inspection Certificate shall be
issued by the Consultant for the accepted items.
11.0
GENERAL CLAUSE
11.1
Inspection & tests carried out by Consultant/Purchaser shall not absolve the
responsibility of the successful tenderer/ Manufacturer to provide acceptable product
as per the terms of contract nor shall it preclude subsequent rejection.
11.2
Purchaser/ Consultant reserve the right to inspect any product at any stage of
manufacturing beyond pre-identified stages & hold points of approved QAP.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Inspection
Page 5 of 5
GS-05
FORM NO. 11.20 (DQM) F-09, REV-0
ORDER NO. & DATE
QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN
FOR
SUB - CONTRACTOR
ORDER NO. & DATE
STRUCTURAL & MECHANICAL
EQUIPMENT
CONTRACTOR
QAP shall be submitted for each of the equipment separately w ith break
up of assembly / sub-assembly & part/component or for group of equipment having same specification.
2
Use numerical codes as indicated for extent of inspection & tests and
submission of test certificates & documents. Additional codes & description for extent of inspection & tests may be added as applicable for
the plant and equipment.
3
Separate identification number w ith quantity for equipment shall be
indicated w herever equipment having same specification belonging to
different facilities are grouped together.
4
Code
MFG
:
PACKAGE NAME
Code Description
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
13. Heat Treatment
14. Pressure Test
15. Leakage test
16. Balancing
17. Vibration Test
18. Amplitude test
ABBREVIATIONS USED :
:
Description
1. Visual(Welding etc.)
2. Dimensional
3. Fitment & Alignment
4. Physical Test(Sample)
5. Chemical Test (Sample)
6. Ultrasonic Test
7. Magnetic Particle Test(MPT)
8. Radiography test
9. Dye Penetration Test
10. Metallographic Exam.
11. Welder's Qualification &
Weld Procedure Test
12. Approval of Test and Repair
Procedure
Weight in tonnes (T) must be indicated under column 5 for each item.
Estimated w eights may be indicated w herever actual w eights are not
available.
CONTR
PACKAGE NO.
CODES FOR EXTENT OF INSPECTION, TESTS, TEST CERTIFICATES & DOCUMENTS :
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FILLING UP :
1
PROJECT
CONTRACTOR
MANUFACTURER
E Q U I P M E N T
Code
Sponge test
Dust/Water Ingress test
Friction Factor Test
Adhesion Test
Performance Test/
Characteristic curve
No. Load/Free Running Test
Load/Overload Test
Measurement of speeds
Accoustical test
Geometrical Accuracy
Repeatability and Positioning
Accuracy
Proving Test
Description
34. Internal Inspection report
by Contractor
35. Hardness test
36. Spark test for Lining
37. Calibration
38. Safety device test
39. Ease of Maintenance
40. Thickness measurement
of Zinc coating
31. Surface Preparation
32. Manufacturer's Test Certificates
for bought out items
33 IBR/Other statutory agencies'
compliance certificate
D E T A I L S
Description (w ith equipment
Identification
No.
heading,place of use and
No.
No / M
INSPECTION AND TESTS
Quantity
3
4
Manufacturer's
Expected Sche-
T
Name and Address
dule of Final
5
6
brief specification)
1
2
for MECON ( Stamp & Signature )
D1. Approved GA draw ings
D2. Information and other reference
drg / stamped drgs released
for manufacture
D3. Relevant catalogues
D4. Bill of Material/ item no./
identification.
D5 Matchmark details
D6 Line/Layout diagram
D7 Approved erection procedures
D8 Unpriced sub P.O.w ith
specification and amendments
if any
D9. Calibration Certificate of all
measuring instrument and
gauges.
D10. Ordering Specification
Raw Material and Inprocess
Sl.
DOCUMENTS :
Test Certificates &
stage Inspection
Final Inspection / Test by
Inspn
MFR
CONTR
MECON
MFR
CONTR
MECON
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
For CONTRACTOR / SUB - CONTRACTOR
(Stamp & Signature )
Acceptance Criteria
documents to be
Standards/IS/BS/
REMARKS/
submitted to MECON
ASME/Norms and
SAMPLING PLAN
Documents
14
15
( Q . A . P . NO. TO BE ALLOTTED BY MECON )
NO.
/
/
/
MSHEET : OF
16
REV.
FORM NO. 11.20 (DQM) F-09, REV-0
CONTINUATION SHEET
E Q U I P M E N T
D E T A I L S
INSPECTION AND TESTS
Raw Material and Inprocess
Sl.
Description (w ith equipment
Identification
Quantity
No.
heading,place of use and
No.
No / M
3
4
Manufacturer's
Expected Sche-
T
Name and Address
dule of Final
5
6
brief specification)
1
2
for MECON ( Stamp & Signature )
Test Certificates &
stage Inspection
Final Inspection / Test by
Inspn
MFR
CONTR
MECON
MFR
CONTR
MECON
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
For CONTRACTOR / SUB - CONTRACTOR
(Stamp & Signature )
Acceptance Criteria
documents to be
Standards/IS/BS/
REMARKS/
submitted to MECON
ASME/Norms and
SAMPLING PLAN
Documents
14
15
( Q . A . P . NO. TO BE ALLOTTED BY MECON )
NO.
/
/
/
MSHEET : OF
16
REV.
FORM NO. 11.20 (DQM) F-10, REV-0
QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN
FOR
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
CONTRACTOR
ORDER NO. & DATE
SUB - CONTRACTOR
PROJECT
PACKAGE NO.
PACKAGE NAME
ORDER NO. & DATE
CODES FOR EXTENT OF INSPECTION, TESTS, TEST CERTIFICATES & DOCUMENTS :
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FILLING UP :
1
QAP shall be submitted for each of the equipment separately w ith break
up of assembly / sub-assembly & part/component or for group of equipment having same specification.
2
Use numerical codes as indicated for extent of inspection & tests and
submission of test certificates & documents. Additional codes & description for extent of inspection & tests may be added as applicable for
the plant and equipment.
3
Separate identification number w ith quantity for equipment shall be
indicated w herever equipment having same specification belonging to
different facilities are grouped together.
4
Code
MFG
:
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
12. Routine test as per relevant
IS/other standard.
13. Type tests as per relevant IS/
other standard.
ABBREVIATIONS USED :
:
Code Description
1. Visual
2. Dimensional
3. Fitment & Alignment
4. Physical Test(Sample)
5. Chemical Test (Sample)
6. Ultrasonic Test
7. Magnetic Particle Test(MPT)
8. Radiography test
9. Dye Penetration Test
10. Measurement of IR Value :
a) Before HV Test
b) After HV Test
11. High voltage test/Dielectric
test.
Weight in tonnes (T) must be indicated under column 5 for each item.
Estimated w eights may be indicated w herever actual w eights are not
available.
CONTR
Description
CONTRACTOR
Code
Impalse Test.
Partial Discharge Test.
Heat run test/Temp. rise Test.
Enclosure protection Test.
Calibration.
Noise & Vibration.
Test Certificates for bought
out components.
Tank pressure Test.
Paint shade verification.
Short time rating.
Operation & functional
check.
Overspeed Test.
DOCUMENTS :
D1. Approved GA draw ings
D2. Approved single line /
schematic diagram.
D3. Catalogues / Approved data sheet
D4. Approved bill of materials.
D5. Unpriced P.O. copy.
D6. Calibration Certificate of all measuring
instrument and gauges
26. Flame proof Test
27. Clearance and creepage
distance.
28. Acceptance Tests
as per relevant IS
MANUFACTURER
E Q U I P M E N T
D E T A I L S
INSPECTION AND TESTS
Raw Material and Inprocess
Sl.
Description (w ith equipment
Identification
No.
heading,place of use and
No.
No / M
Quantity
3
4
Manufacturer's
Expected Sche-
T
Name and Address
dule of Final
5
6
brief specification)
1
Description
2
for MECON ( Stamp & Signature )
Test Certificates &
stage Inspection
Final Inspection / Test by
Inspn
MFR
CONTR
MECON
MFR
CONTR
MECON
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
For CONTRACTOR / SUB - CONTRACTOR
(Stamp & Signature )
Acceptance Criteria
documents to be
Standards/IS/BS/
REMARKS/
submitted to MECON
ASME/Norms and
SAMPLING PLAN
Documents
14
15
( Q . A . P . NO. TO BE ALLOTTED BY MECON )
NO.
/
/
/
ESHEET :
OF
16
REV.
FORM NO. 11.20 (DQM) F-10, REV-0
CONTINUATION SHEET
E Q U I P M E N T
D E T A I L S
INSPECTION AND TESTS
Raw Material and Inprocess
Sl.
Description (w ith equipment
Identification
Quantity
No.
heading,place of use and
No.
No / M
3
4
Manufacturer's
Expected Sche-
T
Name and Address
dule of Final
5
6
brief specification)
1
2
for MECON ( Stamp & Signature )
Test Certificates &
stage Inspection
Final Inspection / Test by
Inspn
MFR
CONTR
MECON
MFR
CONTR
MECON
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
For CONTRACTOR / SUB - CONTRACTOR
(Stamp & Signature )
Acceptance Criteria
documents to be
Standards/IS/BS/
REMARKS/
submitted to MECON
ASME/Norms and
SAMPLING PLAN
Documents
14
15
( Q . A . P . NO. TO BE ALLOTTED BY MECON )
NO.
/
/
/
ESHEET :
OF
16
REV.
FORM NO.11.20(DQM) F-11 REV-0
QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN
FOR
CONTRACTOR
ORDER NO. & DATE
QAP shall be submitted for each of the equipment separately with break
up of assembly / sub-assembly & part/component or for group of equipment having same specification.
2
Use numerical codes as indicated for extent of inspection & tests and
submission of test certificates & documents. Additional codes & description for extent of inspection & tests may be added as applicable for
the plant and equipment.
3
Separate identification number with quantity for equipment shall be
indicated wherever equipment having same specification belonging to
different facilities are grouped together.
4
Weight in tonnes (T) must be indicated under column 5 for each item.
Estimated weights may be indicated wherever actual weights are not
available.
Code
ABBREVIATIONS USED :
CONTR
:
CONTRACTOR
MFR
:
MANUFACTURER
E Q U I P M E N T
1
Description (with equipment
heading,place of use and
brief specification)
2
for MECON ( Stamp & Signature )
PACKAGE NAME
CODES FOR EXTENT OF INSPECTION, TESTS, TEST CERTIFICATES & DOCUMENTS :
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FILLING UP :
Sl.
No.
PACKAGE NO.
REFRACTORY MATERIALS
SUB - CONTRACTOR
ORDER NO. & DATE
1
PROJECT
Description
18. Drying & firing shrinkage
19. Sieve analysis
20. Warpage
21. Drip slag test
22. Permeability test
23. Hydration resistance test
24. Lap joint strength
25. Abrasion resistance
26. Cold bonding strength
27. Oxidation resistance
28. Workability
29. Surface area
30. Corrosion resistance
31. Consistency
13. Reversible thermal expansion
14. Resistance to dis-integration effect
of carbon monoxide gas.
15. Water absorption
16. Acid resistance
17. Thermal conductivity
32. Internal Inspection Report
D E T A I L S
Identification
No.
3
Quantity
No / M
4
T
Manufacturer's
Name and Address
5
6
Code Description
1. Visual
2. Dimensions and geometry
3. Chemical composition
4. Apparent porosity
5. True specific gravity
6. Bulk density/true density
7. Cold crushing strength
8. Pyrometric cone equivalent
9. Refractoriness under load
10. Spalling resistance
11. Permanent linear change
after heating
12. Modulus of Rupture/
Flexural strength
Expected Schedule of Final
Inspn
7
DOCUMENTS :
D1. Laboratory test report
D2. Dimensional drgs. showing
plan, elevation, side view
& cross sectional view duly
approved.
D3. Copies of sub P.O. &
Technical Specification.
D4. Calibration Certificate of all
measuring instruments and
gauges.
33.Safe working temp.
34. Lot sampling
35. Part assembly
36.Control assembly.
INSPECTION AND TESTS
Raw Material and Inprocess
stage Inspection
Final Inspection / Test by
MFR
8
For CONTRACTOR / SUB - CONTRACTOR
(Stamp & Signature )
CONTR
9
MECON
10
MFR
11
CONTR
12
Test Certificates &
documents to be
submitted to MECON
MECON
13
14
( Q . A . P . NO. TO BE ALLOTTED BY MECON )
NO. /
/
/
RSHEET : 1 OF 2
Acceptance Criteria
Standards/IS/BS/
ASME/Norms and
Documents
15
REMARKS/
SAMPLING PLAN
16
REV.
CONTINUATION SHEET
FORM NO.11.20(DQM) F-11 REV-0
E Q U I P M E N T
Sl.
No.
1
Description (with equipment
heading,place of use and
brief specification)
2
for MECON ( Stamp & Signature )
D E T A I L S
Identification
No.
3
Quantity
No / M
4
T
Manufacturer's
Name and Address
5
6
Expected Schedule of Final
Inspn
7
INSPECTION AND TESTS
Raw Material and Inprocess
stage Inspection
Final Inspection / Test by
MFR
8
For CONTRACTOR / SUB - CONTRACTOR
(Stamp & Signature )
CONTR
9
MECON
10
MFR
11
CONTR
12
Test Certificates &
documents to be
submitted to MECON
MECON
13
14
( Q . A . P . NO. TO BE ALLOTTED BY MECON )
NO. /
/
/
RSHEET : 2 OF 2
Acceptance Criteria
Standards/IS/BS/
ASME/Norms and
Documents
15
REMARKS/
SAMPLING PLAN
16
REV.
Form No. 11.20(DQM)F-05/2 Rev.0
Page No. 1 of 1
INSPECTION CALL PROFORMA
Inspection Call No.
Date :
Project
Purchaser
Contractor's Order No.
& Date
Place of Inspection
with address, Fax &
Ph. No.
Name & Designation of
Contact Person with
Ph. No.
Contractor
Sub-Contractor
with address,
Fax & Ph. No.
Proposed Date
of Inspection
Manufacturer's
Off-day
List of items offered for inspection :
Item
Item Description
Identication No.
Drawing No.
with Revision
Drawing QAP No. &
Approval
Status
Status
A/AAN/INF
Quantity (No./M) with tonnage
Total
Total
Offered
Ordered Accepted
A = Approved, AAN = Approved as Noted, INF = Information Category
List of documents & Test Certificates enclosed in four (4) sets.
Description
Ref No. & Date
Description
Ref No. & Date
for Contractor/Sub-Contractor
LIST OF MAJOR INSPECTING OFFICES OF MECON
SL.
NO.
DETAILED ADDRESS
AREA OF OPERATION
1.
D.G.M.
Inspection Section
MECON Ltd.,
89, South End Road,
Basavanagudi,
Bangalore-560 004 (Karnataka)
Karnataka ,A.P.& Kerala
Gram : MECONIND
Fax : 080-6576352
Phone : 080-6571661-68/6576476
E-mail : bangalore@mecon.co.in
2.
Dy.General Manager
MECON Ltd.,
Ispat Bhawan, Ist floor,
Bhilai-490 001 (M.P. )
Bhilai, Nagpur, Raipur, Bilaspur,
Bhopal,Satna & Katni
Gram : MECON
Fax : 0788-224452
Phone : 0788-220107/224101/224454
E-mail : bhilai@mecon.co.in
List of Inspecting Offices_Seq_9
1 of 3
As on 7/26/2007
LIST OF MAJOR INSPECTING OFFICES OF MECON
SL.
NO.
DETAILED ADDRESS
AREA OF OPERATION
4.
DGM I/C
MECON Ltd.,
J-5, Plot No. 3552,
6th Aveniue, Annanagar East,
Chennai- 600 102
Chennai & total Tamil Nadu
Gram : MECONIND
Fax : 044-26261474
Phone : 044-26261911,26269743
E-mail : chennai@mecon.co.in
5.
DGM
Inspection Section
MECON Ltd.,
50, Chwringhee Road,
Kolkata- 700 071 (W.B.)
Kolkata, Howrah, Bhubaneswar,
Cuttack & Baripada
Gram : MECONCAL
Fax : 033-22824441
Phone : 033-22822381 to 83,22822284,22822857
E-mail :kolkata@mecon.co.in
mec-cal@datatone.in
6.
DGM (I/C)
Inspection Section,
MECON Ltd.,
3rd Floor, Tower No. 7,
International Infotech Park,
Vashi Railway Station Complex,
Vashi, Navi Mumbai-400 703
Maharashtra (except Nagpur),
Gujarat & Goa
Fax : 022-27812275
Phone : 022-27812155 to 58, 27812276
E-mail : mecon@bom5.vsnl.net.in
mumbai@mecon.co.in
List of Inspecting Offices_Seq_9
2 of 3
As on 7/26/2007
LIST OF MAJOR INSPECTING OFFICES OF MECON
SL.
NO.
7.
DETAILED ADDRESS
AREA OF OPERATION
!
DGM
Inspection Section,
MECON Ltd.,
Scope Minar, 14th & 15th Floor,
North Tower, Laxmi Nagar,
Delhi-110 092
Delhi, Punjab, Rajasthan
Fax
: 011-22401203,22041214
Phone : 011-22041201/22041315
22041238
E-mail : delhi@mecon.co.in
8.
Mr. P. Dutta, DGM (I/C)
QA & Inspection Section
MECON Ltd.,
Ranchi-834 002 (Jharkhand)
Ranchi, Dhanbad, Jamshedpur,
Allahabad, Naini and all over India,
if need arises for whatever reason.
Gram : MECON
Fax
: 0651-2480216/2480002/2262194
Phone : 0651-2481002/2481216 Extn : 7330
2482183 (P & T) Direct
E-mail : insp@mecon.co.in,
pdutta@mecon.co.in
List of Inspecting Offices_Seq_9
3 of 3
As on 7/26/2007
PAINTING
(CHAPTER-09)
STEEL AUTHORITY OF INDIA LIMITED
BHILAI STEEL PLANT
GENERAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
PAINTING
(GS – 09)
MECON LIMITED
RANCHI - 834002
No. MEC/S/1901/11/38/0/00/00/F1889/R2
JULY, 2007
General Technical Specification
CONTENTS
Sl. No.
Description
Page No.
01
GENERAL
1
02
SURFACE PREPARATION
1
03
PAINT APPLICATION
3
04
PAINTING SCHEMES
6
05
GUARANTEE
7
ANNEXURE-01 – SURFACE PREPARATION GRADE
8
ANNEXURE-02 – PAINT MATERIALS
9
ANNEXURE-03 – PAINTING SCHEME
15
ANNEXURE-04 – COLOUR CODE
18
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Painting
Page 1 of 1
GS-09
General Technical Specification
01
G E N E R AL
01.01
This
specification covers the materials, tools, facilities and quality
requirement for surface preparation and painting of steel structures,
equipment, piping, ducts, chutes, wood work etc.
01.02
This is only a general guideline of the painting scheme to be followed by
the Tenderer. However, in case a specific painting procedure is stipulated
in any tendering specification, then this general guideline shall be
s u p e r c e d e d . A n y s p e c i a l c a s e w h i c h m a y a r i s e f r o m t im e t o t i m e s h a l l b e
dealt with individually on the merit of each case
01.03
The term “painting” referred herein covers rust preventive, fungus/insects
preventive and decorative coating along with surface protection of the
following area but not limited to the areas indicated below.
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
v)
vi)
Structural steel works
Mechanical equipment
Electrical equipment
Instrumentation and control equipment.
Pipe work
O x yg e n p l a n t , e t c .
01.04
Surfaces made of asbestos, aluminum, brass, bronze, galvanized steel,
s t a i n l e s s s t e e l , c a s t i r o n a n d o t h e r c o r r o s i o n r e s i s t a n t a l l o ys a n d
r u b b e r / s yn t h e t i c p o l y m e r / f i b e r r e i n f o r c e m e n t p l a s t i c a n d b u r i e d p i p e w o r k
are not required to be painted unless specified except for aesthetic
purposes or for identification bands, wherever relevant.
01.05
T h e c o m p l e t e p a i n t s ys t e m f o r a n y i t e m i n c l u d e s t h e f o l l o w i n g b a s i c
activities:
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
Proper surface preparation
Application of primer coats
Application of intermediate coats
Application of finished coats
All the above coats shall be of quality paint products and of approved
m ak e . T h e s c o p e o f w o r k s h a l l a l s o i n c l u d e s u p p l y o f a l l p a i n t m a t e r i a l s a s
per specification described herein.
01.06
I f t h e c o n t r a c t o r d e s i r e s t o a d o p t a l t e r n a t i v e p a i n t s ys t e m f o r a n y s p e c i f i c
i t e m f o r a n i m p r o v e m e n t o r e q u i v a l e n t t o t h e s ys t e m s p e c i f i e d h e r e - i n o r
as per recommendations of paint manufacturer, may do so subject to
purchaser’s approval in advance.
02
S U R F AC E
02.01
Surface preparation required for paint application, shall be such as to
clean the surface thoroughly of any material which will be conducive to
premature failure of the paint substrates.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
P R E P AR AT I O N
Painting
Page 1 of 19
GS-09
General Technical Specification
02.02
All surfaces shall be cleaned of loose substances, and foreign materials,
such as dirt, rust, scale, oil, grease, welding flux, etc. in order that the
prime coat is rigidly anchored to the virgin metal surface. The surface
preparation shall confirm to pictorial representation of surface quality
g r a d e o f S we d i s h S t a n d a r d s I n s t i t u t i o n
SIS – 055900 or equivalent
standards such as SSPC – VIS – 1.67 or DIN 55928(Part 4) or BS 4232 or
IS 1477 – 1971 (Part I)
02.03
The acceptable surface preparation quality / grade are described under
e a c h p a i n t s ys t e m . T h e p r o c e d u r e s i n c l u d e s o l v e n t c l e a n i n g , h a n d t o o l
cleaning, power tool cleaning, blast cleaning, wood surface cleaning,
f l a m e c l e a n i n g a n d p i c k l i n g . T h i s wi l l e n s u r e s u r f a c e q u a l i t y a s r e q u i r e d
by the specific primer paint. For ready reference surface preparation
quality grade to be adopted in respect of SIS 055900 and DIN 55928
(part-4) is given in Annexure-01.
02.03.01
Solvent Cleaning
T h e s u r f a c e s h a l l b e c l e a n e d b y w i p i n g , i m m e r s i o n , s p r a yi n g o r v a p o u r
c o n t a c t i n g o f a s u i t a b l e s o l v e n t o r wa s h i n g wi t h a n e m u l s i o n o r a l k a l i n e
solution to remove oil, grease, dirt, old paint, etc. Solvent cleaning shall
n o t r e m o v e r u s t , s c a l e s , m i l l s c a l e s o r we l d f l u x . T h e r e f o r e , b e f o r e
a p p l i c a t i o n o f p a i n t , s o l v e n t c l e a n i n g s h a l l b e f o l l o we d b y o t h e r c l e a n i n g
procedures as stated in subsequent clauses.
02.03.02
Hand Tool Cleaning
The surface shall be cleaned manually by vigorous wire brushing as per
g r a d e S t - 2 q u a l i t y o f S we d i s h S t a n d a r d I n s t i t u t i o n S I S 0 5 5 9 0 0 a n d D I N
555928. This method effectively removes loosely adherent materials, but
would not affect residues of rust or mill scales that are intact are firmly
a d h e r e n t . F i n a l l y t h e s u r f a c e i s t o b e c l e a n e d wi t h a v a c u u m c l e a n e r o r
with clean compressed air or with clean brush. After preparation the
surface shall have a faint metallic shine. The appearance
shall
correspond to the prints designated St – 2.
02.03.03
Power Tool Cleaning
The surface shall be cleaned by electric or pneumatic tools, such as
brushes, sanding machines, disc abrasive grinder, rotar y disc scaler etc.
t o S t – 3 q u a l i t y. T h e t o o l s s h a l l b e u s e d c a r e f u l l y t o p r e v e n t e x c e s s i v e
roughening of surface and formation of ridges and burrs. This method will
remove loosely adherent materials but would not affect residues of rust or
mill scales that are firmly adherent and intact.
02.03.04
Blast Cleaning
The surface shall be cleaned by impingement of abrasive materials, such
as graded sand at high velocity created by clean and dr y compressed air
blast as per the grade according to Swedish Standard Institution SIS
0 5 5 9 0 0 . T h i s m e t h o d wi l l r e m o v e l o o s e l y a d h e r e n t m a t e r i a l s a s w e l l a s
adherent scales and mill scales. Prior to application of blast, heavy
deposit of oil and grease are removed by solvent cleaning excessive
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Painting
Page 2 of 19
GS-09
General Technical Specification
surface scales are removed by hand tools or power tool cleaning. The
extent of removal of adherent scales is varied, depending on the
application and are defined by the surface quality grades Sa1, Sa2, Sa2.5
and Sa3 in the order of increasing cleanliness. The blast cleaning is not
recommended for sheet metal work.
02.03.05
Flame Cleaning
T h e s u r f a c e i s c l e a n e d b y r a p i d h e a t i n g b y m e a n s o f o x ya c e t yl e n e f l a m e
to loosen the adherent scales, followed immediately by wire brushing.
T h i s m e t h o d w i l l r e m o v e l o o s e l y a d h e r e n t m a t e r i a l s a s we l l a s m o s t o f t h e
a d h e r e n t s c a l e s a n d m i l l s c a l e s . I n o r d e r t o m i n i m i ze o r p r e v e n t d i s t o r t i o n
f l a m e c u t t i n g s h a l l n o t b e u s e d o n m em b e r s h a v i n g t h i c k n e s s o f 6 m m a n d
lower.
02.03.06
Pickling
In this method the surface is cleaned of mill scales, rust or rust scales by
c h e m i c a l r e a c t i o n o r e l e c t r o l ys i s o r b o t h .
03.
P AI N T AP P L I C AT I O N
03.01
Paints
03.01.01
Paint shall be applied in accordance with paint manufacturer’s
r e c o m m e n d a t i o n s . T h e wo r k s h a l l g e n e r a l l y f o l l o w I S 1 4 7 7 – 1 9 7 1 ( P a r t I I )
for jobs carried out in India and SSPC-PA-1 or DIN 55928 or equivalent
for jobs carried out outside India.
03.01.02
General compatibility between primer and finishing paints
established by the paint manufacturer supplying the paints.
03.01.03
In the event of conflict between this general procedure on painting and
the paint manufacturer’s specification, the same shall be immediately
brought to the notice of the Purchaser. Generally in cases of such
conflicts, manufacturer’s specifications/recommendations shall prevail.
03.01.04
B e f o r e b u yi n g t h e p a i n t i n b u l k , i t i s r e c o m m e n d e d t o o b t a i n s a m p l e o f
paint and establish “Control Area of Painting”. On Control Area, surface
preparation and painting shall be carried out.
03.01.05
If required, samples of paint shall be tested in laboratories to establish
quality of paint with respect to:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
03.01.06
shall
be
Viscosity
Adhesion/Bond of paint in steel surfaces
Adhesion/Simulated salt spray test.
C h e m i c a l a n a l ys i s ( p e r c e n t a g e o f s o l i d s b y w e i g h t )
Normal wear resistance as encountered during handling & erection.
Resistance against exposure to acid fumes, etc.
W h o l e q u a n t i t y o f p a i n t f o r a p a r t i c u l a r s ys t e m o f p a i n t s h a l l b e o b t a i n e d
f r om t h e s a m e m a n u f a c t u r e r .
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Painting
Page 3 of 19
GS-09
General Technical Specification
03.01.07
The main Contractor shall be responsible for supply of paints and this
responsibility shall not be passed on to the sub-contractor.
03.01.08
The painting material as delivered to the Contractor, must be in the
manufacturer’s original container bearing thereon manufacturer’s name
b r a n d a n d d e s c r i p t i o n . P a i n t / P a i n t i n g m a t e r i a l i n c o n t a i n e r s wi t h o u t l a b e l s
or with illegible labels shall be rejected, removed from the area and shall
not be used.
03.01.09
T h i n n e r s wh e r e v e r u s e d s h a l l b e t h o s e r e c o m m e n d e d b y t h e p a i n t
manufacturers and shall be obtained in containers with manufacturer’s
name and brand name of thinner legibly printed, failing which the thinner
is liable to be rejected and shall not be used.
03.01.10
All paint containers shall be clearly labeled to show the paint
identification, date of manufacture, batch number, special instruction,
shelf life etc. The container shall be opened only at the time of use.
03.01.11
All paints shall be stored in accordance with the requirements of laid
down procedure by the paint manufacturer.
03.01.12
All ingredients in a paint container shall be thoroughly mixed to break-up
lumps and disperse pigments before use and during application to
maintain homogeneity.
The proposed make, quality and shade of the paint shall have the
approval of the client.
03.01.13
03.01.14
The colour code of the finishing paint to be followed shall be intimated to
the successful Tenderer after finalisaiton of order. The undercoat shall
have different tint to distinguish the same from the finishing coat.
03.01.15
The Contractor shall furnish paint manufacturer’s test report or technical
data sheet pertaining to the paint selected. The data sheet shall indicate
a m o n g o t h e r t h i n g s t h e r e l e v a n t s t a n d a r d s , i f a n y, c o m p o s i t i o n i n we i g h t
p e r c e n t o f p i g m e n t s , v e h i c l e s , a d d i t i v e s , d r y i n g t i m e , v i s c o s i t y, s p r e a d i n g
rate, flash point, method of application, quality of surface preparation
required, corrosion resistance properties and colour shades available.
03.01.16
For details of paint materials refer Annexure - 02
03.02
General
03.02.01
Each coat of paint shall be continuous, free of pores and of even film
t h i c k n e s s wi t h o u t t h i n s p o t s .
03.02.02
Each coat of paint shall be sufficiently dr y before application of next coat.
03.02.03
Paint shall be applied at manufacturer’s recommended rates. The number
of coats shall be such that the minimum dry film thickness specified is
a c h i e v e d . T h e d r y f i l m t h i c k n e s s o f p a i n t e d s u r f a c e s s h a l l b e c h e c k e d wi t h
ELCOMETER of measuring gauges to ensure application of specified DFT.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Painting
Page 4 of 19
GS-09
General Technical Specification
03.02.04
Z i n c r i c h p r i m e r p a i n t s wh i c h h a v e b e e n e x p o s e d s e v e r a l m o n t h s b e f o r e
finishing coat is applied shall be washed down thoroughly to remove
soluble zinc salt deposits.
03.02.05
T h e m a c h i n e f i n i s h e d s u r f a c e s s h a l l b e c o a t e d w i t h wh i t e l e a d a n d t a l l o w
before shipment or before being put out into the open air.
03.02.06
Areas which become inaccessible after assemble shall be painted before
a s s e m b l y ( a f t e r o b t a i n i n g p a i n t i n g c l e a r a n c e f r om t h e i n s p e c t i n g a u t h o r i t y)
after requisite surface cleaning as specified.
03.02.07
P a i n t s h a l l n o t b e a p p l i e d wh e n t h e a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e i s 5 d e g C a n d
below or 45 deg C and above. Also paint shall not be applied in rain,
wind, fog or at relative humidity of 80 % and above unless the
manufacturer’s recommendations permit. Applications of paint shall be
o n l y b e s p r a yi n g o r b r u s h i n g a s p e r I S 4 8 6 – 1 9 8 3 a n d I S 4 8 7 – 1 9 8 5 .
03.02.08
Primer paint shall be applied not later than 2 – 3 hours after preparation
of surface, unless specified otherwise.
03.02.09
Edges, corners, crevices, depressions, joints and welds shall receive
special attention to ensure that they receive painting coats of the required
thickness.
03.02.10
Surfaces which cannot be painted but require protection shall be given a
coat of rust inhibitive grease according to IS 958 – 1975 or solvent
deposited compound according to IS 1153 – 1975 or IS 1674 – 1960.
03.02.11
Surfaces in contact during shop assembly shall not be painted. Surfaces
which will be inaccessible after assembly shall receive minimum two coats
of specified primer.
03.02.12
Surfaces to be in contact with wood, brick or other masonr y shall be given
one shop-coat of the specified primer.
03.03
Site/Field Painting
03.03.01
W herever shop primer painting is scratched, abraded or damaged, the
surface shall be thoroughly cleaned using emery paper and power driven
w i r e b r u s h w h e r e v e r wa r r a n t e d , a n d t o u c h e d u p w i t h c o r r e s p o n d i n g
primer. Touching up paint shall be matched and blended to eliminate
conspicuous marks.
03.03.02
If more than 50% of the painted surface of an item requires repair, the
entire item shall be mechanically cleaned and new primer coats shall be
applied followed by intermediate and finishing coats as per painting
specification.
03.03.03
A l l f i e l d we l d e d a r e a s o n s h o p p a i n t e d i t e m s s h a l l b e m e c h a n i c a l l y
cleaned (including the weld area proper, adjacent areas contaminated by
w e l d s p a t t e r o r f u m e s a n d a r e a s wh e r e e x i s t i n g p r i m e r p a i n t i s b u r n t ) .
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Painting
Page 5 of 19
GS-09
General Technical Specification
S u b s e q u e n t l y, n e w p r i m e r a n d f i n i s h i n g c o a t s o f p a i n t s h a l l b e a p p l i e d a s
per painting specification.
03.03.04
T h e f i r s t c o a t o f f i n i s h p a i n t a t s i t e s h a l l b e a p p l i e d p r e f e r a b l e wi t h i n t h r e e
months of the shop paint.
03.04
Structural
03.04.01
All fabricated steel structure, fabricated steel pipes, etc. shall have a
m i n i m um o f t w o c o a t s o f p r i m e r p a i n t b e f o r e d i s p a t c h t o s i t e .
03.04.02
Parts of steel structures embedded in concrete shall be given a protective
coat of Portland cement slurry immediately after fabrication and after
s u r f a c e s o f t h i s p a r t i s t h o r o u g h l y c l e a n e d f r om g r e a s e , r u s t , m i l l s c a l e s ,
etc. No paint shall be applied on this part.
03.04.03
All structures shall receive appropriate number of primer and finishing
coats
in
order
to
achieve
overall
DFT
as
per
design
drawings/specification.
03.05
Hot Surfaces
03.05.01
Total DFT for heat resistant paints should not exceed 100 – 120 microns,
otherwise flaking occurs (as per paint manufacturer’s recommendations).
03.05.02
Heat resistant paints should be applied by brush.
03.05.03
Primer coat should not be applied on the surfaces having temperature
condition more that 120 deg C.
04
P AI N T I N G S C H E M E S
F o r a c o m p l e t e p a i n t i n g s c h e m e o f a n y i t e m b e i n g p r i n t e d , a l l t yp e s o f
p a i n t s a r e t o b e p r o c u r e d f r o m t h e s a m e m an u f a c t u r e r a s a p p r o v e d b y t h e
purchaser.
04.01
Legend
SP 2P1 1I1 2F1 DFT CRT-
Surface preparation quality as per SIS standard
T wo ( 2 ) c o a t s o f P r i m e r p a i n t t yp e P 1
O n e ( 1 ) c o a t s o f I n t e r m e d i a t e p a i n t t yp e I 1
T wo ( 2 ) c o a t s o f F i n i s h p a i n t t yp e F 1
Dry Film Thickness in microns developed
Clean and Retouch
T yp e o f p a i n t p r o d u c t s l i k e P 1 t o P 9 , I 1 t o I 4 a n d F 1 t o F 1 0 h a v e b e e n
specified under Annexure-02.
04.02
The painting scheme to be followed for various structure/equipment
exposed to different condition is briefly given in Annexure-03 for guidance
to the tenderer.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Painting
Page 6 of 19
GS-09
General Technical Specification
04.03
The colour code for different applications are indicated in Annexure-04.
W herever colour codes are not specified, the same is to be mutually
agreed between the Purchaser and Contractor.
05.
G U AR AN T E E
05.01
T h e C o n t r a c t o r s h a l l g u a r a n t e e t h a t t h e p h ys i c a l a n d c h e m i c a l p r o p e r t i e s
of the paint materials conform with the specification of paint products.
05.02
The Contractor shall submit internal test reports from paint manufacturers
regarding
the
quality
of
paint
whenever
asked
by
the
Purchaser/Consultant.
05.03
Guarantee period shall commence from the date of completion of finishing
coat of paint. The guarantee period will be indicated depending on the
t yp e o f s u r f a c e p r e p a r a t i o n a n d s ys t e m o f p a i n t i n g . T o f u l f i l l t h i s
obligations the Contractor may obtain from the painting manufacturer,
guarantee for the performance of paint/painted surfaces.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Painting
Page 7 of 19
GS-09
General Technical Specification
Annexure-01
Surface Preparation Grade
Sl.
No.
1
Surface Preparation
Blast cleaning to white metal
Removal of all visible rusts, mill-scales, paint and
foreign matters.
2
Sa 3
Sa 3
Sa 2.5
Sa 2.5
Sa 2
Sa 2
Sa 1
Sa 1
St 3
St 3
St 2
St 2
Blast cleaning to commercial quality:
At least 2/3 of any section of the surface area is free
from all rusts, mill-scales and visible residues.
4
DIN Std. Din
55928 (Part 4)
Blast cleaning to near white metal:
95% of any section of surface area is free from all
rusts, mill-scales and visible residues.
3
Swedish Std
SIS 055900
Brush-off blast cleaning:
Removal of all loose mill-scales, rust and foreign
matters etc.
5
Power tool cleaning:
Very thorough scrapping and wire brushing to
remove loose mill-scale, rust and foreign matters to
have pronounced metallic shine.
6
Hand tool cleaning:
Removal by hand brushing of loose mill-scale, loose
rust and foreign matters.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Painting
Page 8 of 19
GS-09
General Technical Specification
Annexure - 02
P AI N T M AT E R I AL S
01.
P R I M E R P AI N T S ( P )
Primer paint products shall be applied only on dr y and clean surfaces.
01.01
P r i m e r P a i n t – P 1 ( P h e n o l i c – Al k y d B a s e d )
A s i n g l e p a c k a i r d r y i n g p h e n o l i c m o d i f i e d a l k yd c o m p o s i t i o n w i t h z i n c
phosphate as a primer paint conforming generally to IS : 2074.
Air drying time
01.02
-
About 60 minutes (touch dry)
-
Overnight (hard dry)
Dry film thickness (DFT)/Coat
-
40 microns (min)
Temperature resistance
-
Upto 100 C dry heat
Primer Paint – P2 (Chlororubber Based)
A single pack air
phosphate primer.
01.03
0
d r yi n g
high
build
chlorinated
rubber
based
Percent chlororubber
-
20 to 22 (% Chlorine above 65% in
chlororubber)
Air drying time
-
About 15 minutes (touch dry)
Overnight (hard dry)
DFT/ Coat
-
50 microns (min)
Temperature resistance
-
Up to 65 C dry heat
zinc
0
Primer Paint – P3 (PVC Copolymer Alkyd Based)
Polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
-
Alkyd zinc phosphate – redoxide
based primer
Ratio
:
PVC copolymer + alkyd resin (1:1)
Pigments
:
Zinc phosphate & Fillers
Air drying time
-
24 hours
DFT/Coat
-
80 microns
Temperature resistance
-
Upto 80 C dry heat
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Painting
Page 9 of 19
0
GS-09
General Technical Specification
01.04
Primer Paint – P4 (Epoxy Based)
A t w o p a c k a i r d r yi n g E p o x y p o l ya m i d e r e s i n b a s e d r e d o x i d e - z i n c
phosphate primer.
01.05
Epoxy content (% wt.)
-
15 to 18
Air drying time
-
About 30 minutes (touch dry)
overnight (hard dry)
DFT/Coat
-
30 microns (min)
Temperature resistance
-
Upto 120 C dry heat
0
Primer Paint – P5 (Epoxy Based)
A t w o p a c k a i r d r yi n g E p o x y p o l ya m i d e w i t h zi n c d u s t o f a t l e a s t 9 2 % z i n c
dust on the dr y film
01.06
Epoxy content (% wt.)
-
8 to 10
Air drying time
-
Less than 10 minutes (touch dry)
Less than 2 hours (hard dry)
DFT/Coat
-
40 microns (min)
Temperature resistance
-
Upto 300 C dry heat
0
Primer Paint – P6 (Poly – Vinyl Butyral Resin Based)
A t w o p a c k a i r d r yi n g p o l yv i n yl b u t yr a l r e s i n b a s e d w a s h p r i m e r w i t h r u s t
inhibitive pigments.
01.07
Air drying time
-
5 to 7 minutes (touch dry)
2 hours (hard dry)
DFT/Coat
-
8 microns
Temperature resistance
-
Upto 65 C dry heat
Application for
-
Galvanised iron, aluminium, light
alloys etc. on which the adhesion of
conventional paints are poor.
0
Primer Paint – P7 (Ethyl Zinc Silicate, EZS Based).
A t wo p a c k h e a v y d u t y z i n c d u s t r i c h s i l i c a t e p r i m e r wh i c h p r o t e c t s t h e
surface with just a single coat.
T ota l s o l i ds ( 3 wt)
De ns it y ( g / c c )
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
-
84 +/- 2
3. 0 7 + /- 0. 0 5
Painting
Page 10 of 19
GS-09
General Technical Specification
A ir dr yi n g t im e
DF T / c o at
T em per at ur e r es is t a nc e
01 . 08
-
T o t op c o a t 16 ho ur s
60 m ic r o ns
Up to 45 0 d eg C dr y h e at
P ri m e r P a in t – P8 ( H i g h B u i ld Co al T a r Ep o x y)
A t wo p ac k c o l d c ur ed H. B. ep ox y c o a l tar c o at i ng – no pr im er is r e qu ir e d.
01 . 09
M ix i n g r a ti o
A ir dr yi n g t im e
-
DF T / C oa t
-
B as e : Ha r d e ner ( 4: 1b y v o l .)
48 ho ur s ( h ar d dr y)
F u l l c ur e 7 d a ys
10 0 m ic r o ns
W o o d V a rn i sh - P 9
T r eat e d o il bas e d pr im er p igm e nt ed wi th s u it ab l e p i gm ents :
02 .
A ir dr yi n g t im e
-
16 ho ur s f or a pp l ic at i o n of
to p c o at .
Co v er ag e
-
10 t o 1 4 s q . m /l it r e
INT E RM EDI AT E P AI N T S ( I)
T hes e p a in ts s ha l l be ap p l ie d o v er p r im er c o ats as an i n ter m ed i a te l a yer t o
pr o v i d e we a th er pr o of s ea l of pr im er c oa ts .
02 . 01
In t er m e d i at e P ain t - I I ( P h e n o l i c al k yd b a s e d )
A s i n g le p ac k hi g h b u il d p h en o l ic b as e d p a in t wit h m ic ac e o us i r on ox id e
( M 10) .
A ir Dr yi n g T im e
2 d a ys ( ha r d d r y)
DF T /C o at
T em per at ur e r es is t a nc e
Com pa t ib l e wi t h
02 . 02
-
4 to 6h o ur s ( to uc h dr y)
-
7 5 m ic r ons ( m in)
Up to 10 0 d eg C d r y h e at
P r im er P 1
-
In t er m e d i at e P ain t - I 2 ( Ch lo ro ru b b e r b a s ed )
A s i n gl e p ac k a ir dr yi n g h ig h b u i ld c h l or o b a s ed pa i nt wi th MIO .
A ir Dr yi n g T im e
DF T /C oa t
T em per at ur e r es is t a nc e
Com pa t ib l e wi t h
02 . 03
-
1 5 m i nu t es ( to uc h dr y)
24 ho ur s ( h ar d dr y)
70 m ic r o ns ( m i n )
U pt o 6 5 d eg C d r y h e at
P r im er P 2, P 3 & P 4
In t er m e d i at e P ain t - I 3 ( P V C – Al k yd B a se d )
P VC C op l o ym er
P igm e nts
DF T /C oa t
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
-
Res i n 1 : 1
M ic ac e ous ir o n ox i d e ( MIO )
80 m ic r o ns ( m i n)
Painting
Page 11 of 19
GS-09
General Technical Specification
T em per at ur e r es is t a nc e
Com pa t ib l e wi t h
02 . 04
-
Up to 80 d e g C dr y h e a t
Pr im er P2 & P 3
In t er m e d i at e p ai n t - I 4
A t wo p ac k a ir dr yi n g h ig h b u il d e p ox y r es in bas e d p ai n t wi t h MI O .
A ir dr yi n g t im e
DF T / c o at
T em per at ur e r es is t a nc e
Com pa t ib l e wi t h
03.
-
6 to 8 ho ur s ( t o uc h d r y)
7 d a ys ( f u l l c ur e)
10 0 m ic r o ns
0
Up t o 1 80 C dr y h ea t
Pr im er P4 & P 5
F I N I S H P AI N T S ( F )
Finish paint costs shall be applied over primer coats and intermediate
coats after proper cleaning and touch up of primed surface.
03.01
Finish Paint – F1
A s i n g l e p a c k a i r d r y i n g h i g h g l o s s p h e n o l i c a l k yd m o d i f i e d s yn t h e t i c
enamel paint suitably pigmented.
03.02
Air drying time
-
3 to 4 hours (touch dry)
24 hours (hard dry)
DFT/Coat
-
25 microns (min)
Temperature resistance
-
Upto 100 C dry heat
Compatible with
-
Colour
-
Primer P1
Intermediate I1
Generally all shades
0
Finish Paint – F2
A s i n g l e p a c k a i r d r yi n g p o l yu r e t h a n e e n a m e l o f h i g h g l o s s a n d h a r d f i n i s h
suitably pigmented.
Air drying time
-
2 to 2 ½ hours (touch dry)
6 hours (hard dry)
DFT/Coat
-
30 microns (min)
Temperature resistance
-
Upto 100 C dry heat
Compatible with
-
Colour
-
Primer P1 & P8 and
Intermediate I1
Generally all shades
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
0
Painting
Page 12 of 19
GS-09
General Technical Specification
03.03
Finish Paint – F3
A t w o p a c k a i r d r yi n g b i t u m i n o u s a l u m i n u m p a i n t .
03.04
Air drying time
-
1 to 2 hours (touch dry)
21 hours (hard dry)
DFT/Coat
-
25 microns (min)
Temperature resistance
-
Upto 100 C dry heat
Compatible with
-
Primer P1 and Intermediate I1
Colour
-
Bright metallic
0
Finish Paint – F4
A r e a d y m i x e d o i l - a l k yd b a s e d s yn t h e t i c e n a m e l p a i n t o f h i g h g l o s s a n d
hard wearing properties.
03.05
Air drying time
-
6 to 8 hours
Coverage
-
14 to 16 Sq. m /litre
Temperature resistance
-
Upto 60 C dry heat
Compatible with
-
P8
Colour
-
Generally all shades
0
Finish Paint – F5
A s i n g l e p a c k a i r d r yi n g p l a s t i c i z e d c h l o r o r u b b e r p a i n t s u i t a b l y p i g m e n t e d .
Air drying time
-
30 minutes (touch dry)
24 hours (hard dry)
DFT/Coat
-
35 microns (min)
Temperature resistance
-
Upto 65 C dry heat
Compatible with
-
Colour
-
Primer P2 & P3,
Intermediate I2 & I3
Nearly all shades except few.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
0
Painting
Page 13 of 19
GS-09
General Technical Specification
03.06
Finish Paint – F6
A P V C – C o p o l ym e r a l k yd b a s e d e n a m e l .
03.07
Density
-
1.17 + 0.05
Total solids (1 wt)
-
55 + 2
DFT/Coat
-
40 microns
Compatible with
-
P2 and P3
Finish Paint – F7
A t w o p a c k a i r d r yi n g e p o x y p o l ya m i d e e n a m e l s u i t a b l y p i g m e n t e d .
03.08
Air drying time
-
2 to 3 hours (touch dry)
7 days (full cure)
DFT/Coat
-
40 microns (min)
Temperature resistance
-
Up to 130 C dry heat
Compatible with
-
Primer P4 & P5,
Intermediate I4
Colour
-
Generally all shades.
0
Finish Paint – F8
A s i n g l e p a c k s yn t h e t i c r u b b e r b a s e d a l u m i n i u m p a i n t .
Air drying time
-
2 hours (touch dry)
24 hours (hard dry)
DFT/Coat
-
25 microns (min)
Temperature resistance
-
Upto 200 C dry heat
Compatible with
-
No Primer paint except primer P6 is
applicable in case of non-ferrous
substrate.
Colour
-
Smooth aluminium.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
0
Painting
Page 14 of 19
GS-09
General Technical Specification
Annexure - 03
PAINTING SCHEME
Sl.
No.
1.0
1.1
1.2
Painting Scheme
At Shop
At Site
Description
Steel Structures
0
(Temp. not exceeding 80 C)
Technological steel structures for plant and
equipment
Indoor
SP – Sa 2.5
2P1
CRT
2F1
130
Outdoor
SP – Sa 2.5
2P1
1I1
CRT
2F1
205
SP – St-2 and/
or St-3
2P1
CRT
Fabricated steel structures at site for rung
ladders, cat-ladders, gates, rolling shutters,
etc. (Springs/rubbing surfaces excluded)
- Indoor / Outdoor
1.3
SP – St-2 and/
or St-3
2P1
- Outdoor
SP- St2 and/
or St-3
2P1
1I1
130
CRT
2F1
130
CRT
2F1
205
Steel doors and windows
- Indoor / outdoor
Sl.
No.
2.0
2F1
Walkways, stairs, platforms etc. which are of
wearing surface
- Indoor
1.4
Total
DFT
(Refer
Note-1)
SP–St-2 and / or
St-3
2P1
1I1
2F2
Painting Scheme
At Shop
At Site
Description
MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
2.1
Mechanical equipment
0
(Temp. not exceeding 80 C)
2.1.1
Static equipment like storage tanks, vessels,
bins, bunkers, heat exchangers, coolers,
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
CRT
Painting
Page 15 of 19
215
Total
DFT
GS-09
General Technical Specification
Sl.
No.
Painting Scheme
At Shop
At Site
Description
cyclones, scrubbers, etc.
2.1.2
Sl.
No.
3.0
3.1
- Indoor
SP – Sa 2.5
2P2/2P3
CRT
2F5/2F6
170/240
- Outdoor
SP – Sa 2.5
2P2/2P3+1I2/1I3
CRT
2F5/2F6
240/320
- Indoor
SP – Sa 2.5
2P3/2P4
CRT
2F6/2F7
240/140
- Outdoor
SP-Sa 2.5
2P3 + 1I3/1I4
CRT
2F6/2F7
320/340
Rotary/moving equipment and machineries
like crushers, mills, vibratory screens, bin
activators,
blowers,
fan,
air/gas
compressors, pumps, gear boxes, machine
housings etc.
Painting Scheme
At Shop
At Site
Description
Pipe / Duct work
(Overground)
SP – St2 and
or St3
2P1
SP – St2 and /
or St3
2P1 + 1I1
- Outdoor
Insulated (hot)
- Indoor/Outdoor
SP- St2 and/
or St3
1P1
Sl.
No.
4.0
4.1
Total
DFT
Non – insulated
0
(temperature up to 80 C)
- Indoor
3.2
Total
DFT
Oxygen Plant
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
2F1
CRT
130
2F1
205
Remove
paint and
insulate
Painting Scheme
At Shop
At Site
Description
Outdoor steel
structures
CRT
SP – St2 and /
or St3
Painting
Page 16 of 19
Total
DFT
CRT
GS-09
General Technical Specification
Sl.
No.
Description
4.2
Rotary equipment like air compressors
5.0
Others
5.1
Standard mobile equipment like chasis of
trucks, dumpers, crawler cranes bulldozers,
railway rakes, chasis of slag cars, ladle cars,
etc.
Laboratory equipment like ovens, screens,
magnetic stirrers, samplers, etc.
Steel structures partly immersed in water
5.2
5.3
Painting Scheme
At Shop
At Site
2P1 + 1I1
2F3
Sa 2.5
CRT
2P4
2F7
Total
DFT
205
140
As per manufacturer’s standards
Stove enamelling
CRT
SP – Sa 2.5
CRT
2P8
110
200
Notes: 1.
Painting scheme of all fabricated steel structures, fabricated pipe work, building
s t r u c t u r e , c o n v e yo r g a l l e r i e s , p i p e t r e s t l e s e t c . i s i n d i c a t e d i n t h e T e c h n i c a l
Specification of steel structures.
2.
Primer Paint
Primer coat shall be suitable for intended temperature applications as per
manufacturer’s recommendation. The primer selection shall be generally in line
with the specification laid down in Annexure-02.
3.
Finish Paint
I n c a s e o f A l u m i n i u m c l a d d i n g f i n a l p a i n t i n g wi l l n o t b e r e q u i r e d .
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Painting
Page 17 of 19
GS-09
General Technical Specification
ANNEXURE - 04
COLOUR CODE
The colour codes are mentioned for all the items including pipe work. Shades of finish coat of paint applied
over respective item indicated below are tentative and subject to alteration as per Purchaser’s request or due
to compatible paint system adopted. The service for which colour code/bands are not specified are to be
mutully agreed for by the Purchaser & the Contractor.
Sl.
No.
1.
2.
Items Painted
Structures
Building frames including bracings, side
girts, louvers etc.
Crane girders
Crane stops
Gutters
Fire escape platforms ladders, etc.
General hand railing, top runners
Rung ladders
All members blocking passages for
movement
Trestles, towers and pipe bridges
Conveyor gallery structures
Steel chimneys
Equipment and Machinery
General indoor equipment
General outdoor equipment
Crane bridges, trolleys, hooks etc. and
other mobile equipment
Furnaces
Tanks
Fire-fighting equipment
3.
Colour
Colour No. of
IS:5
Aircraft grey
693
Azure blue
Post office red
Black bituminous aluminium
Signal red
Lemon yellow
Lemon yellow
Lemon yellow
104
538
537
355
355
355
Dark admiralty grey
Aircraft grey
Aluminium
632
693
-
Light grey
Dark admiralty
Base : Lemon yellow
Stripes : Black (100 mm
wide)
Aluminium
Base : Same as for general
equipment
Strips : Same shade as for
piping around the tnk at half
the tank height
Signal red
631
632
355
537
Pipe work
Colours shall be as given below. The base colour shall be applied throughout entire length except
on surfaces of materials such as asbestos, aluminium, brass, bronze, galvanized steel, stainless
steel and other corrosion resistant alloys and rubber / synthetic polymers. In such cases
identification colour bands of at least 500mm width shall be provided near each branch, valve and at
distances not exceeding 10m either as local colour coatings or coloured adhesive type of suitable
material or label attached to the pipe work. Additional identification bands superimposed over the
base colour shall be provided near each branch, valve and at distance not exceeding 10m. The
bands shall be atleast 25mm wide except in care of double bands where the first band shall be about
100mm wide. Direction of flow shall be clearly marked on the pipelines at intervals not exceeding
10m and all branches and change of directions.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Painting
Page 18 of 19
GS-09
General Technical Specification
Service
Sea or river water (untreated)
Cooling water
Boiler feed water
Condensate
Drinking water
Industrial water
Compressed air
Instrument air
Drainage
Fuel oil
Coke oven/BF gas/other fuel
gases
Argon
Acetylene
LP Gas (LPG)
Nitrogen
Oxygen
Non-acidic slurries
Fire-fighting system
Rain water down pipes
Duct work
Colour
Base – Sea green
Band - White
Base – Sea green
Band - White
Base – Sea green
Base – Sea green
Band – Light brown
Base – Sea green
First band - French blue
Second band – Signal red
Base – Sea green
Band – Light orange
Base – Sky blue
Base – Sky blue
Band – Light brown
Base – Black
Base – Light brown
Band – Signal red
Base – Canary yellow
Band – Signal red
Base – Canary yellow
Band – French blue
Base – Canary yellow
Band – Dark violet
Base – Canary yellow
First band – Signal read
Second band – Traffic
green
Base – Canary yellow
Band – Black
Base – Canary yellow
Band – White
Base – Sea green
Band – White
Base – Signal red
Base – Sea green
Band – Sky blue
Base – Aluminium
217
217
166
217
217
410
217
166
537
217
557
101
101
410
410
537
309
537
309
166
309
796
309
537
267
Colour No. of IS:5
309
309
217
537
217
101
-
Note : For these services, hazard marking as per fig. 4C of IS:2379 shall also be provided.
© 2007 MECON Limited
All rights reserved
Painting
Page 19 of 19
GS-09